fmtcount (9may15)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@37298 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

26 files changed, 3476 insertions, 3156 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/CHANGES
index e63267c0b2a..6e23a87d5fc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/CHANGES
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/CHANGES
@@ -1,5 +1,27 @@
 fmtcount package versions:
 
+Version 3.01:
+
+ * Make fmtord option language dependant
+
+ * Support language as a documentclass option
+
+ * Some improvements in code documentation and testing
+
+ * Use xkeyval instead of keyval for option processing, so as to avoid
+   trouble with option de-bracketting
+
+ * Solve issue #15: protect \' for accent in French ordinal
+
+ * Make 1er/1re, 2e the default for French abbreviated ordinals, and
+   make abbreviated ordinals the default --- as opposed to
+   non-abbreviated like 2\`eme.
+
+ * Solve issue #16: (use of superscript font for ordinals when
+   available and xelatex is used)
+	
+Version 3.00:
+
 Version 2.04:
 
  * Renamed \@modulo to \@FCmodulo to avoid conflict with other
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/README
index 081c38f578e..e4ba96130ad 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/README
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : fmtcount v3.00
+LaTeX Package : fmtcount v3.01
 
-Last Modified : 2014-07-18
+Last Modified : 2015-05-05
 
 Author        : Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-samp.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-samp.tex
index cbc8141779f..f0f0c00b84e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-samp.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-samp.tex
@@ -93,8 +93,11 @@ numberstring
 
 Referencing a label: \ref{ex}.
 
-Passing numbers explicitly: \ordinalnum{10},
-\Numberstringnum{10}, \NUMBERstringnum{10}, \Ordinalstringnum{10},
+Passing numbers explicitly:
+\ordinalnum{10},
+\Numberstringnum{10},
+\NUMBERstringnum{10},
+\Ordinalstringnum{10},
 \ORDINALstringnum{10}.
 
 \end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-typeout-languages.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-typeout-languages.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1759593d13e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fc-typeout-languages.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{fmtcount}
+\usepackage{lipsum}
+\newwrite\styfiles
+\openout\styfiles=fc-styfiles.txt
+\begin{document}
+\immediate\write\styfiles{STYFILES=\string\^^J}
+\makeatletter
+{%
+ \def\@tempb#1{%
+   \immediate\write\styfiles{fc-#1.def\string\^^J}%
+ }%
+ \fc@iterate@on@languages\@tempb
+}
+\makeatother
+\immediate\write\styfiles{fmtcount.sty fcnumparser.sty fcprefix.sty}
+\closeout\styfiles
+\lipsum
+\clearpage
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.pdf
index c916e486947..9bc1c9296e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.dtx
index 77ebb29e78c..9293bdd287d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.dtx
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
 %\iffalse
 % fmtcount.dtx generated using makedtx version 0.94b (c) Nicola Talbot
 % Command line args:
-%   -src "(.+)\.(sty)=>\1.\2"
-%   -src "(.+)\.(def)=>\1.\2"
+%   -src "(.+)\.(sty|def)$=>\1.\2"
 %   -doc "fmtcount-manual.tex"
 %   -author "Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche"
 %   fmtcount
-% Created on 2014/7/28 7:55
+% Created on 2015/5/8 16:50
 %\fi
 %\iffalse
 %<*package>
@@ -29,7 +28,7 @@
 %\fi
 % \iffalse
 % Doc-Source file to use with LaTeX2e
-% Copyright (C) 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche, all rights reserved.
+% Copyright (C) 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche, all rights reserved.
 % \fi
 % \iffalse
 %<*driver>
@@ -42,7 +41,7 @@
 \usepackage{tabularx,supertabular,multirow}
 \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
 \usepackage{cmap}
-\usepackage{fmtcount}% needed
+\usepackage{fmtcount}% needed for \fc@iterate@on@languages
 \newcommand*\uref[1]{\href{#1}{#1}}
 \DeclareMathOperator{\intv}{..}
 \newcommand*\interface{}
@@ -79,7 +78,7 @@
             pdftitle={fmtcount.sty: Displaying the Values of LaTeX Counters},
             pdfkeywords={LaTeX,counter}]{hyperref}
 
-\CheckSum{9801}
+\CheckSum{9930}
 
 \doxitem{Option}{option}{options}
 
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@
 % \url{www.dickimaw-books.com}
 % \and
 % Vincent Bela\"iche}
-% \date{2014-07-18 (version 3.00)\relax
+% \date{2015-05-05 (version 3.01)\relax
 %}
 % \maketitle
 % \tableofcontents
@@ -470,8 +469,8 @@
 %\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\fmtcountsetoptions}]
 %\cs{fmtcountsetoptions}\verb"{fmtord="\meta{type}\verb'}'
 %\end{definition}
-%where \meta{type} is either \texttt{level} or 
-%\texttt{raise}.
+%where \meta{type} is either \texttt{level} or \texttt{raise}. Since version~3.01 of \sty{fmtcount}, it is also
+%possible to set \meta{type} on a language by language basis, see~\S~\ref{sec:multilingual-support}.
 %
 %\section{Multilingual Support}
 %\label{sec:multilingual-support}
@@ -525,6 +524,31 @@
 %you will need to let me know how to form the numbers and ordinals 
 %from~0 to~99999 in that language for each gender.
 %
+%\subsection{Options for setting ordinal ending position raise/level}
+%\label{sec:options-fmtord}
+%
+%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\fmtcountsetoptions}]
+%\cs{fmtcountsetoptions}\verb"{"\meta{language}\verb"={fmtord="\meta{type}\verb'}}'
+%\end{definition}
+%where \meta{language} is one of the supported language \meta{type} is either \texttt{level} or \texttt{raise}
+%or \texttt{undefine}. If the value is \texttt{level} or \texttt{raise}, then that will set the \texttt{fmtord}
+%option accordingly\footnote{see~\S~\ref{sec:package-options}} only for that language \meta{language}. If the
+%value is \texttt{undefine}, then the non-language specific behaviour is followed.
+%
+%Some \meta{language} are synonyms, here is a table:
+%
+%\begin{center}
+%  \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}\hline
+%    \textbf{language}& \textbf{alias(es)}\\\hline
+%    english& british\\\hline
+%    french&frenchb\\\hline
+%            &germanb\\
+%    german&ngerman\\
+%            &ngermanb\\\hline
+%    USenglish&american\\\hline
+%  \end{tabular}
+%\end{center}
+%
 %\subsection{Options for French}
 %\label{sec:options-french}
 %
@@ -585,9 +609,9 @@
 %\cs{ordinal}. Selon \meta{boolean} on a:\newline
 %\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}lX@{}}
 %  \pkgopt{true}& pour produire des ordinaux de la forme
-%  2\textsuperscript{e}, ou\\
+%  {\def\languagename{french}\csname fmtord@abbrvtrue\endcsname\ordinalnum{2}} (par défaut), ou\\
 %  \pkgopt{false}& pour produire des ordinaux de la forme
-%  2\textsuperscript{eme} (par defaut)\\
+%  {\def\languagename{french}\csname fmtord@abbrvfalse\endcsname\ordinalnum{2}} \\
 %\end{tabularx}
 %
 %\begin{definition}[\DescribeOption{vingt plural}]
@@ -854,3000 +878,14 @@
 %\url{https://github.com/nlct/fmtcount/issues/}.
 %
 %
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 %
 %\StopEventually{}
 %\section{The Code}
 %\iffalse
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*fcnumparser.sty>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\subsection{fcnumparser.sty}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{fcnumparser}[2012/09/28]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{fc@counter@parser} is just a shorthand to parse a number held in a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@counter@parser#1{%
-  \expandafter\fc@number@parser\expandafter{\the#1.}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\fc@digit@counter
-
-\def\fc@end@{\fc@end}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@number@analysis} First of all we need to separate the number between integer and fractional
-% part. Number to be analysed is in `\texttt{\#1}'. Decimal separator may be . or , whichever first. At end of
-% this macro, integer part goes to \cs{fc@integer@part} and fractional part goes to \cs{fc@fractional@part}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@number@analysis#1\fc@nil{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% First check for the presence of a decimal point in the number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@tempb##1.##2\fc@nil{\def\fc@integer@part{##1}\def\@tempa{##2}}%
-  \@tempb#1.\fc@end\fc@nil
-  \ifx\@tempa\fc@end@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here \cs{@tempa} is \cs{ifx}-equal to \cs{fc@end}, which means that the number does not contain any decimal
-% point. So we do the same trick to search for a comma.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@tempb##1,##2\fc@nil{\def\fc@integer@part{##1}\def\@tempa{##2}}%
-    \@tempb#1,\fc@end\fc@nil
-    \ifx\@tempa\fc@end@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% No comma either, so fractional part is set empty.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-       \def\fc@fractional@part{}%
-    \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Comma has been found, so we just need to drop `\texttt{,}\cs{fc@end}' from the end of \cs{@tempa} to get the
-% fractional part.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-       \def\@tempb##1,\fc@end{\def\fc@fractional@part{##1}}%
-       \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa
-    \fi
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Decimal point has been found, so we just need to drop `\texttt{.}\cs{fc@end}' from the end \cs{@tempa} to
-% get the fractional part.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-       \def\@tempb##1.\fc@end{\def\fc@fractional@part{##1}}%
-       \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@number@parser} Macro \cs{fc@number@parser} is the main engine to parse a number.  Argument
-% `\#1' is input and contains the number to be parsed. At end of this macro, each digit is stored separately
-% in a \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$}, and macros \cs{fc@min@weight} and \cs{fc@max@weight} are set to the bounds
-% for \meta{$n$}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@number@parser#1{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% First remove all the spaces in \texttt{\#1}, and place the result into \cs{@tempa}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \let\@tempa\@empty
-  \def\@tempb##1##2\fc@nil{%
-    \def\@tempc{##1}%
-    \ifx\@tempc\space
-    \else
-      \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempa ##1}%
-    \fi
-    \def\@tempc{##2}%
-    \ifx\@tempc\@empty
-      \expandafter\@gobble
-    \else
-      \expandafter\@tempb
-    \fi
-    ##2\fc@nil
-  }%
-  \@tempb#1\fc@nil
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Get the sign into \cs{fc@sign} and the unsigned number part into \cs{fc@number}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@tempb##1##2\fc@nil{\def\fc@sign{##1}\def\fc@number{##2}}%
-  \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa\fc@nil
-  \expandafter\if\fc@sign+%
-    \def\fc@sign@case{1}%
-  \else
-    \expandafter\if\fc@sign-%
-      \def\fc@sign@case{2}%
-    \else
-      \def\fc@sign{}%
-      \def\fc@sign@case{0}%
-      \let\fc@number\@tempa
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \ifx\fc@number\@empty
-    \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Invalid number}{Number must contain at least one non blank
-      character after sign}%
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now, split \cs{fc@number} into \cs{fc@integer@part} and \cs{fc@fractional@part}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \expandafter\fc@number@analysis\fc@number\fc@nil
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now, split \cs{fc@integer@part} into a sequence of \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} with \meta{$n$} ranging from
-% \cs{fc@unit@weight} to \cs{fc@max@weight}. We will use macro \cs{fc@parse@integer@digits} for that, but that
-% will place the digits into \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} with \meta{$n$} ranging from
-% \(2\times\cs{fc@unit@weight}-\cs{fc@max@weight}\) upto \(\cs{fc@unit@weight}-1\).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \expandafter\fc@digit@counter\fc@unit@weight
-  \expandafter\fc@parse@integer@digits\fc@integer@part\fc@end\fc@nil
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% First we compute the weight of the most significant digit: after \cs{fc@parse@integer@digits},
-% \cs{fc@digit@counter} is equal to \(\cs{fc@unit@weight} -\mathrm{mw} -1\) and we want to set
-% \cs{fc@max@weight} to \(\cs{fc@unit@weight} +\mathrm{mw}\) so we do:
-% \begin{equation*}
-% \cs{fc@max@weight}\leftarrow (-\cs{fc@digit@counter}) + 2\times\cs{fc@unit@weight} -1
-% \end{equation*}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \fc@digit@counter -\fc@digit@counter
-  \advance\fc@digit@counter by \fc@unit@weight
-  \advance\fc@digit@counter by \fc@unit@weight
-  \advance\fc@digit@counter by -1 %
-  \edef\fc@max@weight{\the\fc@digit@counter}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now we loop for \(i = \cs{fc@unit@weight}\) to \cs{fc@max@weight} in order to copy all the digits from
-% \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{\(i + \mathrm{offset}\)} to \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{\(i\)}. First we compute
-% \(\mathrm{offset}\) into \cs{@tempi}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  {%
-    \count0 \fc@unit@weight\relax
-    \count1 \fc@max@weight\relax
-    \advance\count0 by -\count1 %
-    \advance\count0 by -1 %
-    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{\def\@tempi{##1}}}%
-    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count0}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempb
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now we loop to copy the digits. To do that we define a macro \cs{@templ} for terminal recursion.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \expandafter\fc@digit@counter\fc@unit@weight
-  \def\@templ{%
-     \ifnum\fc@digit@counter>\fc@max@weight
-        \let\next\relax
-     \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here is the loop body:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        {%
-          \count0 \@tempi
-          \advance\count0 by \fc@digit@counter
-          \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempd\expandafter{\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname}%
-          \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{\csname fc@digit@\the\fc@digit@counter\endcsname}%
-          \def\@tempa####1####2{\def\@tempb{\let####1####2}}%
-          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter\@tempe\@tempd
-          \expandafter
-        }\@tempb
-        \advance\fc@digit@counter by 1 %
-     \fi
-     \next
-  }%
-  \let\next\@templ
-  \@templ
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Split \cs{fc@fractional@part} into a sequence of \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} with \meta{$n$} ranging from
-% \(\cs{fc@unit@weight}-1\) to \cs{fc@min@weight} by step of \(-1\). This is much more simpler because we get
-% the digits with the final range of index, so no post-processing loop is needed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \expandafter\fc@digit@counter\fc@unit@weight
-  \expandafter\fc@parse@integer@digits\fc@fractional@part\fc@end\fc@nil
-  \edef\fc@min@weight{\the\fc@digit@counter}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@parse@integer@digits} Macro \cs{fc@parse@integer@digits} is used to 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@parse@integer@digits}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of 
-    macro `fc@parse@integer@digits'}}
-\def\fc@parse@integer@digits#1#2\fc@nil{%
-  \def\@tempa{#1}%
-  \ifx\@tempa\fc@end@
-     \def\next##1\fc@nil{}%
-  \else
-  \let\next\fc@parse@integer@digits
-  \advance\fc@digit@counter by -1
-  \expandafter\def\csname fc@digit@\the\fc@digit@counter\endcsname{#1}%
-  \fi
-  \next#2\fc@nil
-}
-
-
-\newcommand*{\fc@unit@weight}{0}
-
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now we have macros to read a few digits from the \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} array and form a correspoding
-% number.\newline \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@unit} \cs{fc@read@unit} just reads one digit and form an integer in
-% the range \([0 \intv 9]\). First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@read@unit}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro `fc@read@unit'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows:\def\interface{\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% \#1&output counter: into which the read value is placed\\
-% \#2&input number: unit weight at which reach the value is to be read
-% \end{tabularx}}\interface
-% \#2 does not need to be comprised between \cs{fc@min@weight} and {fc@min@weight}, if outside this interval,
-% then a zero is read.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@read@unit#1#2{%
-  \ifnum#2>\fc@max@weight
-     #1=0\relax
-  \else
-     \ifnum#2<\fc@min@weight
-        #1=0\relax
-     \else
-         {%
-           \edef\@tempa{\number#2}%
-           \count0=\@tempa
-           \edef\@tempa{\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname}%
-           \def\@tempb##1{\def\@tempa{#1=##1\relax}}%
-           \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-           \expandafter
-         }\@tempa
-     \fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@hundred} Macro \cs{fc@read@hundred} is used to read a pair of digits and form an
-% integer in the range \([0 \intv 99]\).  First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@read@hundred}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro `fc@read@hundred'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@read@unit}:\interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@read@hundred#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \fc@read@unit{\count0}{#2}%
-    \def\@tempa##1{\fc@read@unit{\count1}{##1}}%
-    \count2=#2%
-    \advance\count2 by 1 %
-    \expandafter\@tempa{\the\count2}%
-    \multiply\count1 by 10 %
-    \advance\count1 by \count0 %
-    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{#1=##1\relax}}
-    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count1}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempb
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@thousand} Macro \cs{fc@read@thousand} is used to read a trio of digits and form an
-% integer in the range \([0 \intv 999]\).  First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@read@thousand}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
-    `fc@read@thousand'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@read@unit}:\interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@read@thousand#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \fc@read@unit{\count0}{#2}%
-    \def\@tempa##1{\fc@read@hundred{\count1}{##1}}%
-    \count2=#2%
-    \advance\count2 by 1 %
-    \expandafter\@tempa{\the\count2}%
-    \multiply\count1 by 10 %
-    \advance\count1 by \count0 %
-    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{#1=##1\relax}}
-    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count1}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempb
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Note: one myriad is ten thousand.
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@thousand} Macro \cs{fc@read@myriad} is used to read a quatuor of digits and form an
-% integer in the range \([0 \intv 9999]\).  First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@read@myriad}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
-    `fc@read@myriad'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@read@unit}:\interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@read@myriad#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \fc@read@hundred{\count0}{#2}%
-    \def\@tempa##1{\fc@read@hundred{\count1}{##1}}%
-    \count2=#2
-    \advance\count2 by 2
-    \expandafter\@tempa{\the\count2}%
-    \multiply\count1 by 100 %
-    \advance\count1 by \count0 %
-    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{#1=##1\relax}}%
-    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count1}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempb
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@check@nonzeros} Macro \cs{fc@check@nonzeros} is used to check whether the number
-% represented by digits \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$}, with \(n\) in some interval, is zero, one, or more than one.
-% First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@check@nonzeros}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
-    `fc@check@nonzeros'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-%   \#1&input number: minimum unit unit weight at which start to search the non-zeros\\
-%   \#2&input number: maximum unit weight at which end to seach the non-zeros\\
-%   \#3&output macro: let \(n\) be the number represented by digits the weight of which span from \texttt{\#1}
-%   to \texttt{\#2}, then \texttt{\#3} is set to the number min(n,9).\\
-% \end{tabularx}
-% Actually \cs{fc@check@nonzeros} is just a wrapper to collect arguments, and the real job is delegated to
-% \cs{fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} which is called inside a group. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@check@nonzeros#1#2#3{%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% So first we save inputs into local macros used by \cs{fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} as input arguments
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \edef\@@tempa{\number#1}%
-    \edef\@tempb{\number#2}%
-    \count0=\@@tempa
-    \count1=\@tempb\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Then we do the real job
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \fc@@check@nonzeros@inner
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% And finally, we propagate the output after end of group --- i.e. closing brace.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \def\@tempd##1{\def\@tempa{\def#3{##1}}}%
-   \expandafter\@tempd\expandafter{\@tempc}%
-   \expandafter
-  }\@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} Macro \cs{fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} Check wehther some part of the
-% parsed value contains some non-zero digit At the call of this macro we expect that:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}rX@{}}
-%   \cs{@tempa}&input/output macro:\newline\noindent
-%   \settowidth{\tabcolwidth}{output}%
-%   \begin{tabular*}{\hsize}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\itshape}r%
-%     p{\dimexpr\hsize-2\tabcolsep-\tabcolwidth}@{}}
-%     input&minimum unit unit weight at which start to search the non-zeros\\
-%     output&macro may have been redefined
-%   \end{tabular*}\\
-%   \cs{@tempb}&input/output macro:\newline\noindent
-%   \settowidth{\tabcolwidth}{output}%
-%   \begin{tabular*}{\hsize}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\itshape}r%
-%     p{\dimexpr\hsize-2\tabcolsep-\tabcolwidth}@{}}
-% input&maximum unit weight at which end to seach the non-zeros\\
-% output&macro may have been redefined
-% \end{tabular*}\\
-% \cs{@tempc}&ouput macro: 0 if all-zeros, 1 if at least one zero is found\\
-% \cs{count0}&output counter: \(\mathrm{weight}+1\) of the first found non zero starting from minimum
-% \(\mathrm{weight}\).
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner{%
-   \ifnum\count0<\fc@min@weight
-      \count0=\fc@min@weight\relax
-   \fi
-   \ifnum\count1>\fc@max@weight\relax
-      \count1=\fc@max@weight
-   \fi
-   \count2\count0 %
-   \advance\count2 by 1 %
-   \ifnum\count0>\count1 %
-     \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Unexpected arguments}{Number in argument 2 of macro
-       `fc@check@nonzeros' must be at least equal to number in argument 1}%
-   \else
-     \fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody
-     \ifnum\@tempc>0 %
-       \ifnum\@tempc<9 %
-         \ifnum\count0>\count1 %
-         \else
-           \let\@tempd\@tempc
-           \fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody
-           \ifnum\@tempc=0 %
-             \let\@tempc\@tempd
-           \else
-             \def\@tempc{9}%
-           \fi
-         \fi
-       \fi
-     \fi
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody{%
-   % \@tempc <-  digit of weight \count0
-   \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempc\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname
-   \advance\count0 by 1 %
-   \ifnum\@tempc=0 %
-      \ifnum\count0>\count1 %
-        \let\next\relax
-      \else
-        \let\next\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody
-      \fi
-   \else
-      \ifnum\count0>\count2 %
-        \def\@tempc{9}%
-      \fi
-      \let\next\relax
-   \fi
-   \next
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@intpart@find@last} Macro \cs{fc@intpart@find@last} find the rightmost non zero digit in the
-% integer part. First check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@intpart@find@last}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
-    `fc@intpart@find@last'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% When macro is called, the number of interest is already parsed, that is to say each digit of weight \(w\) is
-% stored in macro \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$w$}.  Macro \cs{fc@intpart@find@last} takes one single argument which
-% is a counter to set to the result.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@intpart@find@last#1{%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Counter \cs{count0} will hold the result. So we will loop on \cs{count0}, starting from
-% \(\min\{u,w_{\mathrm{min}}\}\), where \(u\triangleq\cs{fc@unit@weight}\), and
-% \(w_{\mathrm{min}}\triangleq\cs{fc@min@weight}\). So first set \cs{count0} to
-% \(\min\{u,w_{\mathrm{min}}\}\):
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \count0=\fc@unit@weight\space
-    \ifnum\count0<\fc@min@weight\space
-      \count0=\fc@min@weight\space
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now the loop. This is done by defining macro \cs{@templ} for final recursion.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@templ{%
-      \ifnum\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname=0 %
-        \advance\count0 by 1 %
-        \ifnum\count0>\fc@max@weight\space
-          \let\next\relax
-        \fi
-      \else
-        \let\next\relax
-      \fi
-      \next
-    }%
-    \let\next\@templ
-    \@templ
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now propagate result after closing bracket into counter \texttt{\#1}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-     \toks0{#1}%
-     \edef\@tempa{\the\toks0=\the\count0}%
-     \expandafter
-  }\@tempa\space
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@get@last@word} Getting last word. Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-%   \#1&input: full sequence\\
-%   \#2&output macro 1: all sequence without last word\\
-%   \#3&output macro 2: last word\\
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@get@last@word}{}{\PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition 
-    of macro `fc@get@last@word'}}%
-\def\fc@get@last@word#1#2#3{%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% First we split \texttt{\#1} into two parts: everything that is upto \cs{fc@case} exclusive goes to
-% \cs{toks0}, and evrything from \cs{fc@case} exclusive upto the final \cs{@nil} exclusive goes to \cs{toks1}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@tempa##1\fc@case##2\@nil\fc@end{%
-      \toks0{##1}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Actually a dummy \cs{fc@case} is appended to \cs{toks1}, because that makes easier further checking that it
-% does not contains any other \cs{fc@case}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \toks1{##2\fc@case}%
-    }%
-    \@tempa#1\fc@end
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now leading part upto last word should be in \cs{toks0}, and last word should be in \cs{toks1}. However we
-% need to check that this is really the last word, i.e. we need to check that there is no \cs{fc@case} inside
-% \cs{toks1} other than the tailing dummy one. To that purpose we will loop while we find that \cs{toks1}
-% contains some \cs{fc@case}. First we define \cs{@tempa} to split \cs{the}\cs{toks1} between parts before and
-% after some potential \cs{fc@case}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@tempa##1\fc@case##2\fc@end{%
-      \toks2{##1}%
-      \def\@tempb{##2}%
-      \toks3{##2}%
-    }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{@tempt} is just an aliases of \cs{toks0} to make its handling easier later on.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \toksdef\@tempt0 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now the loop itself, this is done by terminal recursion with macro \cs{@templ}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@templ{%
-      \expandafter\@tempa\the\toks1 \fc@end
-      \ifx\@tempb\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{@tempb} empty means that the only \cs{fc@case} found in \cs{the}\cs{toks1} is the dummy one. So we end
-% the loop here, \cs{toks2} contains the last word.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \let\next\relax
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{@tempb} is not empty, first we use 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempt
-         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
-           \expandafter\the\expandafter\@tempt
-           \expandafter\fc@case\the\toks2}%
-         \toks1\toks3 %
-      \fi
-      \next
-    }%
-    \let\next\@templ
-    \@templ
-    \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand#2{\the\toks0}\def\noexpand#3{\the\toks2}}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@get@last@word} Getting last letter. Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-%   \#1&input: full word\\
-%   \#2&output macro 1: all word without last letter\\
-%   \#3&output macro 2: last letter\\
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@get@last@letter}{}{\PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition 
-    of macro `fc@get@last@letter'}}%
-\def\fc@get@last@letter#1#2#3{%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% First copy input to local \cs{toks1}. What we are going to to is to bubble one by one letters from
-% \cs{toks1} which initial contains the whole word, into \cs{toks0}. At the end of the macro \cs{toks0} will
-% therefore contain the whole work but the last letter, and the last letter will be in \cs{toks1}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \toks1{#1}%
-    \toks0{}%
-    \toksdef\@tempt0 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% We define \cs{@tempa} in order to pop the first letter from the remaining of word.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@tempa##1##2\fc@nil{%
-      \toks2{##1}%
-      \toks3{##2}%
-      \def\@tempb{##2}%
-    }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now we define \cs{@templ} to do the loop by terminal recursion.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@templ{%
-      \expandafter\@tempa\the\toks1 \fc@nil
-      \ifx\@tempb\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Stop loop, as \cs{toks1} has been detected to be one single letter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \let\next\relax
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here we append to \cs{toks0} the content of \cs{toks2}, i.e. the next letter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempt
-         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
-           \expandafter\the\expandafter\@tempt
-           \the\toks2}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% And the remaining letters go to \cs{toks1} for the next iteration.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \toks1\toks3 %
-      \fi
-      \next
-    }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here run the loop.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\next\@templ
-    \next
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now propagate the results into macros \texttt{\#2} and \texttt{\#3} after closing brace.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand#2{\the\toks0}\def\noexpand#3{\the\toks1}}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempa
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-\iffalse Local variables: \fi
-\iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
-\iffalse End:             \fi
-%\iffalse
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</fcnumparser.sty>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*fcprefix.sty>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\subsection{fcprefix.sty}
-% Pseudo-latin prefixes.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{fcprefix}[2012/09/28]
-\RequirePackage{ifthen}
-\RequirePackage{keyval}
-\RequirePackage{fcnumparser}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Option `\texttt{use duode and unde}' is to select whether \(18\) and suchlikes (\(\meta{x}8\),
-% \(\meta{x}9\)) writes like duodevicies, or like octodecies. For French it should be `\texttt{below
-% 20}'. Possible values are `\texttt{below 20}' and `\texttt{never}'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fcprefix}{use duode and unde}[below20]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{below20}}{%
-    \def\fc@duodeandunde{2}%
-  }{%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{never}}{%
-      \def\fc@duodeandunde{0}%
-    }{%
-      \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
-        Option `use duode and unde' expects `below 20' or `never' }%
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Default is `\texttt{below 20}' like in French.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@duodeandunde{2}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Option `\texttt{numeral u in duo}', this can be `\texttt{true}' or `\texttt{false}' and is used to select
-% whether 12 and suchlikes write like dodec\meta{xxx} or duodec\meta{xxx} for numerals.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fcprefix}{numeral u in duo}[false]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{false}}{%
-    \let\fc@u@in@duo\@empty
-  }{%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}}{%
-      \def\fc@u@in@duo{u}%
-    }{%
-      \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
-        Option `numeral u in duo' expects `true' or `false' }%
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Option `\texttt{e accute}', this can be `\texttt{true}' or `\texttt{false}' and is used to select whether
-% letter `\texttt{e}' has an accute accent when it pronounce [e] in French.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fcprefix}{e accute}[false]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{false}}{%
-    \let\fc@prefix@eaccute\@firstofone
-  }{%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}}{%
-      \let\fc@prefix@eaccute\'%
-    }{%
-      \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
-        Option `e accute' expects `true' or `false' }%
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Default is to set accute accent like in French.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\fc@prefix@eaccute\'%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Option `\texttt{power of millia}' tells how millia is raise to power n. It expects value:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% recursive&for which millia squared is noted as `milliamillia'\\
-% arabic&for which millia squared is noted as `millia\^{}2'\\
-% prefix&for which millia squared is noted as `bismillia'
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fcprefix}{power of millia}[prefix]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{prefix}}{%
-       \let\fc@power@of@millia@init\@gobbletwo
-       \let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@prefix@millia
-  }{%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{arabic}}{%
-       \let\fc@power@of@millia@init\@gobbletwo
-       \let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@arabic@millia
-    }{%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{recursive}}{%
-        \let\fc@power@of@millia@init\fc@@recurse@millia@init
-        \let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@recurse@millia
-      }{%
-        \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
-          Option `power of millia' expects `recursive', `arabic', or `prefix' }%
-      }%
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows:\def\interface{\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% \#1& output macro\\
-% \#2& number with current weight \(w\)
-% \end{tabularx}}\interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@recurse@millia#1#2{%
-  \let\@tempp#1%
-  \edef#1{millia\@tempp}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@@recurse@millia}: \interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@recurse@millia@init#1#2{%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Save input argument current weight \(w\) into local macro \cs{@tempb}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \edef\@tempb{\number#2}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now main loop from 0 to \(w\). Final value of \cs{@tempa} will be the result.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \count0=0 %
-    \let\@tempa\@empty
-    \loop
-       \ifnum\count0<\@tempb
-         \advance\count0 by 1 %
-         \expandafter\def
-           \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempa millia}%
-    \repeat
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now propagate the expansion of \cs{@tempa} into \texttt{\#1} after closing bace.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \edef\@tempb{\def\noexpand#1{\@tempa}}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempb
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@@recurse@millia}: \interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@arabic@millia#1#2{%
-  \ifnnum#2=0 %
-    \let#1\@empty
-  \else
-    \edef#1{millia\^{}\the#2}%
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@@recurse@millia}: \interface
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@prefix@millia#1#2{%
-  \fc@@latin@numeral@pefix{#2}{#1}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Default value of option `\texttt{power of millia}' is `\texttt{prefix}':
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\fc@power@of@millia@init\@gobbletwo
-\let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@prefix@millia
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix} Compute a cardinal prefix for n-illion, like \(1 \Rightarrow
-% \textrm{`m'}\), \(2 \Rightarrow \textrm{`bi'}\), \(3 \Rightarrow \textrm{`tri'}\). The algorithm to derive
-% this prefix is that of Russ Rowlett I founds its documentation on Alain Lassine's site:
-% \url{http://www.alain.be/Boece/grands\_nombres.html}. First check that macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fmtcount}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro `fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% \#1&input number to be formated\\
-% \#2&outut macro name into which to place the formatted result
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix#1#2{%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% First we put input argument into local macro @cs{@tempa} with full expansion.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \edef\@tempa{\number#1}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now parse number from expanded input.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \expandafter\fc@number@parser\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-    \count2=0 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{@tempt} will hold the optional final \texttt{t}, \cs{@tempu} is used to initialize \cs{@tempt} to `t'
-% when the firt non-zero 3digit group is met, which is the job made by \cs{@tempi}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\@tempt\@empty
-    \def\@tempu{t}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{@tempm} will hold the \texttt{millia\^}\(^{n\div 3}\)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\@tempm\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Loop by means of terminal recursion of herinafter defined macro \cs{@templ}. We loop by group of 3 digits.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@templ{%
-      \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight
-        \let\next\relax
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Loop body. Here we read a group of 3 consecutive digits \(d_2d_1d_0\) and place them respectively into
-% \cs{count3}, \cs{count4}, and \cs{count5}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \fc@read@unit{\count3}{\count2}%
-        \advance\count2 by 1 %
-        \fc@read@unit{\count4}{\count2}%
-        \advance\count2 by 1 %
-        \fc@read@unit{\count5}{\count2}%
-        \advance\count2 by 1 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If the 3 considered digits \(d_2d_1d_0\) are not all zero, then set \cs{@tempt} to `\texttt{t}' for the
-% first time this event is met.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \edef\@tempn{%
-          \ifnum\count3=0\else 1\fi
-          \ifnum\count4=0\else 1\fi
-          \ifnum\count5=0\else 1\fi
-        }%
-        \ifx\@tempn\@empty\else
-          \let\@tempt\@tempu
-          \let\@tempu\@empty
-        \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now process the current group \(d_2d_1d_0\) of 3 digits.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \let\@tempp\@tempa
-        \edef\@tempa{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here we process \(d_{2}\) held by \cs{count5}, that is to say hundreds.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \ifcase\count5 %
-          \or cen%
-          \or ducen%
-          \or trecen%
-          \or quadringen%
-          \or quingen%
-          \or sescen%
-          \or septigen%
-          \or octingen%
-          \or nongen%
-          \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here we process \(d_1d_0\) held by \cs{count4} \& \cs{count3}, that is to say tens and units.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \ifnum\count4=0 %
-            % x0(0..9)
-            \ifnum\count2=3 %
-              % Absolute weight zero
-              \ifcase\count3 \@tempt
-              \or m%
-              \or b%
-              \or tr% 
-              \or quadr%
-              \or quin\@tempt
-              \or sex\@tempt
-              \or sep\@tempt
-              \or oc\@tempt
-              \or non%
-              \fi
-            \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here the weight of \cs{count3} is \(3\times n\), with \(n>0\), i.e. this is followed by a
-% \texttt{millia\^}\(n\).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-              \ifcase\count3 %
-              \or \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight\else un\fi
-              \or d\fc@u@in@duo o%
-              \or tre%
-              \or quattuor%
-              \or quin%
-              \or sex%
-              \or septen%
-              \or octo%
-              \or novem%
-              \fi
-            \fi
-          \else
-             % x(10..99)
-             \ifcase\count3 %
-             \or un%
-             \or d\fc@u@in@duo o%
-             \or tre%
-             \or quattuor%
-             \or quin%
-             \or sex%
-             \or septen%
-             \or octo%
-             \or novem%
-             \fi
-             \ifcase\count4 %
-             \or dec%
-             \or vigin\@tempt
-             \or trigin\@tempt
-             \or quadragin\@tempt
-             \or quinquagin\@tempt
-             \or sexagin\@tempt
-             \or septuagin\@tempt
-             \or octogin\@tempt
-             \or nonagin\@tempt
-             \fi
-          \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Insert the \texttt{millia\^}\(^{(n\div 3)}\) only if \(d_2d_1d_0\not=0\), i.e. if one of \cs{count3}
-% \cs{count4} or \cs{count5} is non zero.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \@tempm
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% And append previous version of \cs{@tempa}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \@tempp
-        }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% ``Concatenate'' \texttt{millia} to \cs{@tempm}, so that \cs{@tempm} will expand to
-% \texttt{millia\^}\(^{(n\div 3)+1}\) at the next iteration. Actually whether this is a concatenation or some
-% \texttt{millia} prefixing depends of option `\texttt{power of millia}'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \fc@power@of@millia\@tempm{\count2}%
-      \fi
-      \next
-    }%
-    \let\@tempa\@empty
-    \let\next\@templ
-    \@templ
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Propagate expansion of \cs{@tempa} into \texttt{\#2} after closing bracket.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@tempb##1{\def\@tempa{\def#2{##1}}}%
-    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@latin@numeral@pefix} Compute a numeral prefix
-% like `s\'emel', `bis', `ter', `quater',
-% etc\ldots I found the algorithm to derive this prefix on Alain Lassine's site:
-% \url{http://www.alain.be/Boece/nombres\_gargantuesques.html}. First check that the macro is not yet defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{fc@@latin@numeral@pefix}{}{%
-  \PackageError{fmtcount}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro 
-    `fc@@latin@numeral@pefix'}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% \#1& input number to be formatted,\\
-% \#2&  outut macro name into which to place the result
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@@latin@numeral@pefix#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \edef\@tempa{\number#1}%
-    \def\fc@unit@weight{0}%
-    \expandafter\fc@number@parser\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-    \count2=0 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Macro \cs{@tempm} will hold the \texttt{millies\^}\(^{n\div 3}\).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\@tempm\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Loop over digits. This is done by defining macro \cs{@templ} for terminal recursion.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@templ{%
-      \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight
-        \let\next\relax
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Loop body. Three consecutive digits \(d_{2}d_{1}d_{0}\) are read into counters \cs{count3}, \cs{count4}, and
-% \cs{count5}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \fc@read@unit{\count3}{\count2}%
-        \advance\count2 by 1 %
-        \fc@read@unit{\count4}{\count2}%
-        \advance\count2 by 1 %
-        \fc@read@unit{\count5}{\count2}%
-        \advance\count2 by 1 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Check the use of \texttt{duodevicies} instead of \texttt{octodecies}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \let\@tempn\@secondoftwo
-        \ifnum\count3>7 %
-          \ifnum\count4<\fc@duodeandunde
-            \ifnum\count4>0 %
-               \let\@tempn\@firstoftwo
-             \fi
-          \fi
-        \fi
-        \@tempn
-        {% use duodevicies for eighteen
-          \advance\count4 by 1 %
-          \let\@temps\@secondoftwo
-        }{%  do not use duodevicies for eighteen
-          \let\@temps\@firstoftwo
-        }%
-        \let\@tempp\@tempa
-        \edef\@tempa{%
-          % hundreds
-          \ifcase\count5 %
-          \expandafter\@gobble
-          \or c%
-          \or duc%
-          \or trec%
-          \or quadring%
-          \or quing%
-          \or sesc%
-          \or septing%
-          \or octing%
-          \or nong%
-          \fi
-          {enties}%
-          \ifnum\count4=0 %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here \(d_{2}d_{1}d_{0}\) is such that \(d_{1} = 0\).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-            \ifcase\count3 %
-            \or
-              \ifnum\count2=3 %
-                s\fc@prefix@eaccute emel%
-              \else
-                \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight\else un\fi
-              \fi
-            \or bis%
-            \or ter% 
-            \or quater%
-            \or quinquies%
-            \or sexies%
-            \or septies%
-            \or octies%
-            \or novies%
-            \fi
-          \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here \(d_{2}d_{1}d_{0}\) is such that \(d_{1} \geq 1\).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-             \ifcase\count3 %
-             \or un%
-             \or d\fc@u@in@duo o%
-             \or ter%
-             \or quater%
-             \or quin%
-             \or sex%
-             \or septen%
-             \or \@temps{octo}{duod\fc@prefix@eaccute e}% x8 = two before next (x+1)0
-             \or \@temps{novem}{und\fc@prefix@eaccute e}% x9 = one before next (x+1)0
-             \fi
-             \ifcase\count4 %
-             % can't get here
-             \or d\fc@prefix@eaccute ec%
-             \or vic%
-             \or tric%
-             \or quadrag%
-             \or quinquag%
-             \or sexag%
-             \or septuag%
-             \or octog%
-             \or nonag%
-             \fi
-             ies%
-          \fi
-          % Insert the millies^(n/3) only if one of \count3 \count4 \count5 is non zero
-          \@tempm
-          % add up previous version of \@tempa
-          \@tempp
-        }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Concatenate \texttt{millies} to \cs{@tempm} so that it is equal to \texttt{millies\^}\(^{n\div 3}\) at the
-% next iteration. Here we just have plain concatenation, contrary to cardinal for which a prefix can be used
-% instead.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \let\@tempp\@tempp
-        \edef\@tempm{millies\@tempp}%
-      \fi
-      \next
-    }%
-    \let\@tempa\@empty
-    \let\next\@templ
-    \@templ
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now propagate expansion of \@tempa into \texttt{\#2} after closing bracket.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\@tempb##1{\def\@tempa{\def#2{##1}}}%
-    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Stuff for calling macros. Construct \cs{fc@call}\meta{some macro} can be used to pass two arguments to
-% \meta{some macro} with a configurable calling convention:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item the calling convention is such that there is one mandatory argument \meta{marg} and an optional
-%   argument \meta{oarg}
-% \item either \cs{fc@call} is \cs{let} to be equal to \cs{fc@call@opt@arg@second}, and then calling
-% convention is that the \meta{marg} is first and \meta{oarg} is second,
-% \item or \cs{fc@call} is \cs{let} to be equal to \cs{fc@call@opt@arg@first}, and then calling convention is
-%   that the \meta{oarg} is first and \meta{aarg} is second,
-% \item if \meta{oarg} is absent, then it is by convention set empty,
-% \item \meta{some macro} is supposed to have two mandatory arguments of which \meta{oarg} is passed to the
-%   first, and \meta{marg} is passed to the second, and
-% \item \meta{some macro} is called within a group.
-% \end{itemize}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@call@opt@arg@second#1#2{%
-  \def\@tempb{%
-    \ifx[\@tempa
-      \def\@tempc[####1]{%
-            {#1{####1}{#2}}%
-          }%
-    \else
-      \def\@tempc{{#1{}{#2}}}%
-    \fi
-    \@tempc
-  }%
-  \futurelet\@tempa
-  \@tempb
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fc@call@opt@arg@first#1{%
-  \def\@tempb{%
-    \ifx[\@tempa
-      \def\@tempc[####1]####2{{#1{####1}{####2}}}%
-    \else
-      \def\@tempc####1{{#1{}{####1}}}%
-    \fi
-    \@tempc
-  }%
-  \futurelet\@tempa
-  \@tempb
-}
-
-\let\fc@call\fc@call@opt@arg@first
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% User API.
-% 
-% \DescribeMacro{\@latinnumeralstringnum} Macro \cs{@latinnumeralstringnum}. Arguments as
-% follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% \#1&local options\\
-% \#2& input number
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@latinnumeralstringnum}[2]{%
-  \setkeys{fcprefix}{#1}%
-  \fc@@latin@numeral@pefix{#2}\@tempa
-  \@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
-% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
-% \#1&local options\\
-% \#2&input counter
-% \end{tabularx}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@latinnumeralstring}[2]{%
-  \setkeys{fcprefix}{#1}%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter
-     \@tempa\expandafter\csname c@#2\endcsname
-  \expandafter\fc@@latin@numeral@pefix\expandafter{\the\@tempa}\@tempa
-  \@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\latinnumeralstring}{%
-  \fc@call\@latinnumeralstring
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\latinnumeralstringnum}{%
-  \fc@call\@latinnumeralstringnum
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-\iffalse Local variables: \fi
-\iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
-\iffalse End:             \fi
-%\iffalse
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</fcprefix.sty>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*fmtcount.sty>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\subsection{fmtcount.sty}
-% This section deals with the code for |fmtcount.sty|
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{fmtcount}[2014/07/18 v3.00]
-\RequirePackage{ifthen}
-\RequirePackage{keyval}
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\RequirePackage{fcprefix}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Add \cs{RequirePackage} for \texttt{ifxetex}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.3}{2007/7/19}{no
-%longer using xspace package}
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{amsgen now loaded (\cs{new@ifnextchar}
-% needed)}
-% Need to use \cs{new@ifnextchar} instead of \cs{@ifnextchar} in
-% commands that have a final optional argument (such as \cs{gls})
-% so require \sty{amsgen}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{amsgen}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% These commands need to be defined before the
-% configuration file is loaded.
-%
-% Define the macro to format the |st|, |nd|, |rd| or |th| of an 
-% ordinal.
-%\begin{macro}{\fmtord}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\fmtord}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\padzeroes}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{padzeroes}\oarg{n}
-%\end{definition}
-% Specifies how many digits should be displayed for commands such as
-% \cs{decimal} and \cs{binary}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\c@padzeroesN
-\c@padzeroesN=1\relax
-\providecommand*{\padzeroes}[1][17]{\c@padzeroesN=#1}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\FCloadlang}
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
-%\changes{2.02}{2012-10-24}{ensured catcode for @ set to `letter'
-%before loading file}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{FCloadlang}\marg{language}
-%\end{definition}
-% Load \styfmt{fmtcount} language file,
-% \texttt{fc-}\meta{language}\texttt{.def}, unless already loaded.
-% Unfortunately neither \styfmt{babel} nor \styfmt{polyglossia} keep a list of loaded
-% dialects, so we can't load all the necessary def files in the
-% preamble as we don't know which dialects the user requires.
-% Therefore the dialect definitions get loaded when a command such
-% as \cs{ordinalnum} is used, if they
-% haven't already been loaded.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\fc@tmpcatcode
-\def\fc@languages{}%
-\def\fc@mainlang{}%
-\newcommand*{\FCloadlang}[1]{%
-  \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}{}%
-  {%
-    \fc@tmpcatcode=\catcode`\@\relax
-    \catcode `\@ 11\relax
-    \InputIfFileExists{fc-#1.def}%
-    {%
-      \ifdefempty{\fc@languages}%
-      {%
-        \gdef\fc@languages{#1}%
-      }%
-      {%
-         \gappto\fc@languages{,#1}%
-      }%
-      \gdef\fc@mainlang{#1}%
-    }%
-    {}%
-    \catcode `\@ \fc@tmpcatcode\relax
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@FC@iflangloaded}
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{@FC@iflangloaded}\marg{language}\marg{true}\marg{false}
-%\end{definition}
-%If fmtcount language definition file \texttt{fc-}\meta{language}\texttt{.def} has
-%been loaded, do \meta{true} otherwise do \meta{false}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@FC@iflangloaded}[3]{%
-  \ifcsundef{ver@fc-#1.def}{#3}{#2}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ProvidesFCLanguage}
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
-% Declare fmtcount language definition file. Adapted from
-% \ics{ProvidesFile}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ProvidesFCLanguage}[1]{%
-  \ProvidesFile{fc-#1.def}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% We need that flag to remember that a language has been loaded via package option, so that in the end we can
-% set \styfmt{fmtcount} in multiling
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\iffmtcount@language@option
-\fmtcount@language@optionfalse
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\begin{macro}{\fc@supported@language@list}
-%    Declare list of supported languages, as a comma separated list. No space, no empty items. Each item is a
-%    language for which fmtcount is able to load language specific definitions. The raison d'\^etre of this
-%    list is to commonalize iteration on languages for the two following purposes:
-%    \begin{itemize}
-%    \item loading language definition as a result of the language being used by
-%      \styfmt{babel}/\styfmt{polyglossia}
-%    \item loading language definition as a result of package option
-%    \end{itemize}
-%    These two purposes cannot be handled in the same pass, we need two different passes otherwise there would
-%    be some corner cases when a package would be required --- as a result of loading language definition for
-%    one language --- between a \cs{DeclareOption} and a \cs{ProcessOption} which is forbidden by \LaTeXe.
-%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{new}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\fc@supported@language@list{%
-english,%
-UKenglish,%
-british,%
-USenglish,%
-american,%
-spanish,%
-portuges,%
-french,%
-frenchb,%
-francais,%
-german,%
-germanb,%
-ngerman,%
-ngermanb,%
-italian}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\fc@iterate@on@languages}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{fc@iterate@on@languages}\marg{body}
-%\end{definition}
-% Now make some language iterator, note that for the following to work properly
-% \cs{fc@supported@language@list} must not be empty. \meta{body} is  a macro that takes one argument, and
-% \cs{fc@iterate@on@languages} applies it iteratively :
-%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{new}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\fc@iterate@on@languages[1]{%
-  \ifx\fc@supported@language@list\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% That case should never happen !
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}{Macro `\protect\@fc@iterate@on@languages' is empty}{You should never get here:
-      Something is broken within \texttt{fmtcount}, please report the issue on
-      \texttt{https://github.com/search?q=fmtcount\&ref=cmdform\&type=Issues}}%
-  \else
-    \let\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1
-    \expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fc@supported@language@list,\@nil,%
-  \fi
-}
-\def\@fc@iterate@on@languages#1,{%
-    {%
-      \def\@tempa{#1}%
-      \ifx\@tempa\@nnil
-        \let\@tempa\@empty
-      \else
-        \def\@tempa{%
-          \fc@iterate@on@languages@body{#1}%
-          \@fc@iterate@on@languages
-        }%
-      \fi
-      \expandafter
-    }\@tempa
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}\marg{language}
-%\end{definition}
-%Loads fmtcount language file,
-%\texttt{fc-}\meta{language}\texttt{.def}, 
-% if one of the following condition is met:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \styfmt{babel} language definition file \meta{language}\texttt{.ldf} has been loaded --- conditionally
-% to compilation with \texttt{latex}, not \texttt{xelatex}.
-% \item \styfmt{polyglossia} language definition file \texttt{gloss-}\meta{language}\texttt{.ldf} has been
-%   loaded --- conditionally to compilation with \texttt{xelatex}, not \texttt{latex}.
-% \item \meta{language} option has been passed to package \styfmt{fmtcount}.
-% \end{itemize}
-% 
-%\changes{2.03}{2012-11-11}{renamed \cs{@fc@loadifbabelldf} to
-% \cs{@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}}
-%\changes{2.03}{2012-11-11}{added check for polyglossia language}
-%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{use \cs{ifxetex} to discriminate between \styfmt{babel} and \styfmt{polyglossia}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}[1]{%
-  \ifxetex
-    \IfFileExists{gloss-#1.ldf}{\ifcsundef{#1@loaded}{}{\FCloadlang{#1}}}{}%
-  \else
-     \ifcsundef{ver@#1.ldf}{}{\FCloadlang{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Load appropriate language definition files:
-%\changes{1.1}{14 June 2007}{added check for UKenglish,
-% british and USenglish babel settings}
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{changed check for \cs{l@}\meta{language} 
-% to check for \cs{date}\meta{language}}
-%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{use iterator rather than doing it flat on each language}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\fc@iterate@on@languages\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\begin{macro}{\fmtcount@french}
-%  Define keys for use with |\fmtcountsetoptions|.  Key to switch French dialects (Does \styfmt{babel} store
-%  this kind of information?)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fmtcount@french{france}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{option}{french}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fmtcount}{french}[france]{%
-  \@FC@iflangloaded{french}%
-  {%
-    \setkeys{fcfrench}{#1}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-    {Language `french' not defined}%
-    {You need to load babel before loading fmtcount}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{option}
-%\begin{option}{fmtord}
-% Key to determine how to display the ordinal
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fmtcount}{fmtord}{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{level}
-           \or\equal{#1}{raise}
-           \or\equal{#1}{user}}%
-  {%
-    \def\fmtcount@fmtord{#1}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-    {Invalid value `#1' to fmtord key}%
-    {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `level', `raise'
-     or `user'}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{option}
-%\begin{macro}{\iffmtord@abbrv}
-% Key to determine whether the ordinal should be abbreviated
-% (language dependent, currently only affects French ordinals.)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\iffmtord@abbrv
-\fmtord@abbrvfalse
-\define@key{fmtcount}{abbrv}[true]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}\or\equal{#1}{false}}%
-  {%
-    \csname fmtord@abbrv#1\endcsname
-  }%
-  {%
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-    {Invalid value `#1' to fmtord key}%
-    {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `true' or
-     `false'}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{option}{prefix}
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{fmtcount}{prefix}[scale=long]{%
-  \RequirePackage{fmtprefix}%
-  \fmtprefixsetoption{#1}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{option}
-%\begin{macro}{\fmtcountsetoptions}
-% Define command to set options.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\fmtcountsetoptions}[1]{%
-  \def\fmtcount@fmtord{}%
-  \setkeys{fmtcount}{#1}%
-  \@FC@iflangloaded{french}{\ifcsundef{@ordinalstringMfrench}%
-  {%
-    \edef\@ordinalstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @ordinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@ordinalstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @ordinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@OrdinalstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @OrdinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@OrdinalstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @OrdinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@numberstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @numberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@numberstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @numberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@NumberstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @NumberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@NumberstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @NumberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-  }{}}{}%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{\fmtcount@fmtord}{level}}%
-  {%
-    \renewcommand{\fmtord}[1]{##1}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{\fmtcount@fmtord}{raise}}%
-    {%
-      \renewcommand{\fmtord}[1]{\textsuperscript{##1}}%
-    }%
-    {%
-    }%
-  }
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-% Load confguration file if it exists.  This needs to be done
-% before the package options, to allow the user to override
-% the settings in the configuration file.
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{Now no message if fmtcount.cfg not found}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\InputIfFileExists{fmtcount.cfg}%
-{%
-  \PackageInfo{fmtcount}{Using configuration file fmtcount.cfg}%
-}%
-{%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\begin{option}{\meta{language}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\@fc@declare@language@option[1]{%
-  \DeclareOption{#1}{%
-    \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}{}{%
-      \fmtcount@language@optiontrue
-      \FCloadlang{#1}%
-     }}}%
-\fc@iterate@on@languages\@fc@declare@language@option
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{option}
-%
-%\begin{option}{level}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{level}{\def\fmtcount@fmtord{level}%
-  \def\fmtord#1{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{option}
-%\begin{option}{raise}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{raise}{\def\fmtcount@fmtord{raise}%
-  \def\fmtord#1{\textsuperscript{#1}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{option}
-% Process package options 
-% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Add \cs{relax} after \cs{ProcessOptions} like shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\begin{macro}{\@FCmodulo}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{@FCmodulo}\marg{count reg}\marg{n}
-%\end{definition}
-%\changes{2.04}{2014-06-09}{renamed \cs{@modulo} to \cs{@FCmodulo}}
-% Sets the count register to be its value modulo \meta{n}. 
-% This is used for the
-% date, time, ordinal and numberstring commands. (The
-% \styfmt{fmtcount} package was originally part of the 
-% \sty{datetime} package.)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\@DT@modctr
-\newcommand*{\@FCmodulo}[2]{%
-  \@DT@modctr=#1\relax
-  \divide \@DT@modctr by #2\relax
-  \multiply \@DT@modctr by #2\relax
-  \advance #1 by -\@DT@modctr
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-% The following registers are needed by |\@ordinal| etc
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\@ordinalctr
-\newcount\@orgargctr
-\newcount\@strctr
-\newcount\@tmpstrctr
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%Define commands that display numbers in different bases.
-% Define counters and conditionals needed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@DT@padzeroes
-\newcount\@DT@loopN
-\newcount\@DT@X
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\begin{macro}{\binarynum}
-% Converts a decimal number to binary, and display.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@binary}[1]{%
-  \@DT@padzeroestrue
-  \@DT@loopN=17\relax
-  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
-  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
-  \@strctr=65536\relax
-  \@DT@X=#1\relax
-  \loop
-    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
-    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
-       \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
-       \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}%
-    {}%
-    {\the\@DT@modctr}%
-    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
-    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-    \divide\@strctr by 2\relax
-    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \ifnum\@strctr>1
-  \repeat
-  \the\@DT@X
-}
-
-\let\binarynum=\@binary
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\octalnum}
-% Converts a decimal number to octal, and displays.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@octal}[1]{%
-  \ifnum#1>32768
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-    {Value of counter too large for \protect\@octal}
-    {Maximum value 32768}
-  \else
-  \@DT@padzeroestrue
-  \@DT@loopN=6\relax
-  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
-  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
-  \@strctr=32768\relax
-  \@DT@X=#1\relax
-  \loop
-    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
-    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
-       \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
-       \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}%
-    {}{\the\@DT@modctr}%
-    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
-    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-    \divide\@strctr by 8\relax
-    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \ifnum\@strctr>1
-  \repeat
-  \the\@DT@X
-  \fi
-}
-\let\octalnum=\@octal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@@hexadecimalnum}
-% Converts number from 0 to 15 into lowercase hexadecimal notation.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@hexadecimal}[1]{%
-  \ifcase#10\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or
-  6\or7\or8\or9\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\hexadecimalnum}
-% Converts a decimal number to a lowercase hexadecimal number, 
-% and displays it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@hexadecimal}[1]{%
-  \@DT@padzeroestrue
-  \@DT@loopN=5\relax
-  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
-  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
-  \@strctr=65536\relax
-  \@DT@X=#1\relax
-  \loop
-    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
-    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
-      \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
-      \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}
-    {}{\@@hexadecimal\@DT@modctr}%
-    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
-    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-    \divide\@strctr by 16\relax
-    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \ifnum\@strctr>1
-  \repeat
-  \@@hexadecimal\@DT@X
-}
-\let\hexadecimalnum=\@hexadecimal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@@Hexadecimalnum}
-% Converts number from 0 to 15 into uppercase hexadecimal notation.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@Hexadecimal}[1]{%
-  \ifcase#10\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or
-  7\or8\or9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Hexadecimalnum}
-% Uppercase hexadecimal
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@Hexadecimal}[1]{%
-  \@DT@padzeroestrue
-  \@DT@loopN=5\relax
-  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
-  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
-  \@strctr=65536\relax
-  \@DT@X=#1\relax
-  \loop
-    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
-    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
-      \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
-      \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}%
-    {}{\@@Hexadecimal\@DT@modctr}%
-    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
-    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-    \divide\@strctr by 16\relax
-    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \ifnum\@strctr>1
-  \repeat
-  \@@Hexadecimal\@DT@X
-}
-
-\let\Hexadecimalnum=\@Hexadecimal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\aaalphnum}
-% Lowercase alphabetical representation (a \ldots\ z aa \ldots\ zz)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@aaalph}[1]{%
-  \@DT@loopN=#1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \divide\@DT@loopN by 26\relax
-  \@DT@modctr=\@DT@loopN
-  \multiply\@DT@modctr by 26\relax
-  \@DT@X=#1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-  \advance\@DT@loopN by 1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
-  \loop
-    \@alph\@DT@X
-    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \ifnum\@DT@loopN>0
-  \repeat
-}
-
-\let\aaalphnum=\@aaalph
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\AAAlphnum}
-% Uppercase alphabetical representation (a \ldots\ z aa \ldots\ zz)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@AAAlph}[1]{%
-  \@DT@loopN=#1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \divide\@DT@loopN by 26\relax
-  \@DT@modctr=\@DT@loopN
-  \multiply\@DT@modctr by 26\relax
-  \@DT@X=#1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-  \advance\@DT@loopN by 1\relax
-  \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
-  \loop
-    \@Alph\@DT@X
-    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
-  \ifnum\@DT@loopN>0
-  \repeat
-}
-
-\let\AAAlphnum=\@AAAlph
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\abalphnum}
-% Lowercase alphabetical representation
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@abalph}[1]{%
-  \ifnum#1>17576\relax
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-    {Value of counter too large for \protect\@abalph}%
-    {Maximum value 17576}%
-  \else
-    \@DT@padzeroestrue
-    \@strctr=17576\relax
-    \@DT@X=#1\relax
-    \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
-    \loop
-      \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
-      \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-      \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
-        \and \(\@DT@modctr=1\)}%
-      {}{\@alph\@DT@modctr}%
-      \ifnum\@DT@modctr=1\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
-      \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-      \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-      \divide\@strctr by 26\relax
-    \ifnum\@strctr>1
-    \repeat
-    \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
-    \@alph\@DT@X
-  \fi
-}
-
-\let\abalphnum=\@abalph
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ABAlphnum}
-% Uppercase alphabetical representation
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@ABAlph}[1]{%
-  \ifnum#1>17576\relax
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-   {Value of counter too large for \protect\@ABAlph}%
-   {Maximum value 17576}%
-  \else
-    \@DT@padzeroestrue
-    \@strctr=17576\relax
-    \@DT@X=#1\relax
-    \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
-    \loop
-      \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
-      \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-      \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}\and
-      \(\@DT@modctr=1\)}{}{\@Alph\@DT@modctr}%
-      \ifnum\@DT@modctr=1\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
-      \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
-      \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
-      \divide\@strctr by 26\relax
-    \ifnum\@strctr>1
-    \repeat
-    \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
-    \@Alph\@DT@X
-  \fi
-}
-
-\let\ABAlphnum=\@ABAlph
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@fmtc@count}
-% Recursive command to count number of characters in argument.
-% \cs{@strctr} should be set to zero before calling it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@fmtc@count#1#2\relax{%
-  \if\relax#1%
-  \else
-    \advance\@strctr by 1\relax
-    \@fmtc@count#2\relax
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@decimal}
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{fixed unwanted space.}
-% Format number as a decimal, possibly padded with zeroes in front.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@decimal}[1]{%
-  \@strctr=0\relax
-  \expandafter\@fmtc@count\number#1\relax
-  \@DT@loopN=\c@padzeroesN
-  \advance\@DT@loopN by -\@strctr
-  \ifnum\@DT@loopN>0\relax
-    \@strctr=0\relax
-    \whiledo{\@strctr < \@DT@loopN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1\relax}%
-  \fi
-  \number#1\relax
-}
-
-\let\decimalnum=\@decimal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\FCordinal}
-%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{FCordinal}\marg{number}
-%\end{definition}
-% This is a bit cumbersome.  Previously \cs{@ordinal}
-% was defined in a similar way to \cs{abalph} etc.
-% This ensured that the actual value of the counter was
-% written in the new label stuff in the .aux file. However
-% adding in an optional argument to determine the gender
-% for multilingual compatibility messed things up somewhat.
-% This was the only work around I could get to keep the
-% the cross-referencing stuff working, which is why
-% the optional argument comes \emph{after} the compulsory
-% argument, instead of the usual manner of placing it before.
-% Note however, that putting the optional argument means that
-% any spaces will be ignored after the command if the optional
-% argument is omitted.
-% Version 1.04 changed \cs{ordinal} to \cs{FCordinal}
-% to prevent it clashing with the memoir class. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\FCordinal}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\ordinalnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ordinal}
-% If \cs{ordinal} isn't defined make \cs{ordinal} a synonym
-% for \cs{FCordinal} to maintain compatibility with previous
-% versions.
-% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageWarning} to quote macros like
-% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{ordinal}
- {\let\ordinal\FCordinal}%
- {%
-   \PackageWarning{fmtcount}%
-   {\protect\ordinal \space already defined use 
-    \protect\FCordinal \space instead.}
- }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ordinalnum}
-% Display ordinal where value is given as a number or 
-% count register instead of a counter:
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ordinalnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@ordinalnum{#1}}%
-  {\@ordinalnum{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@ordinalnum}
-% Display ordinal according to gender (neuter added in v1.1,
-% \cs{xspace} added in v1.2, and removed in v1.3\footnote{I
-%couldn't get it to work consistently both with and without the
-%optional argument}):
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@ordinalnum#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@ordinalF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-        \protect\@ordinalN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-           {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
-           {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@ordinalM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \@fc@ordstr
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeordinal}
-% Store the ordinal (first argument
-% is identifying name, second argument is a counter.)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeordinal}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeordinalnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeordinalnum}
-% Store ordinal (first argument
-% is identifying name, second argument is a number or
-% count register.)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeordinalnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@storeordinalnum{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@storeordinalnum{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@storeordinalnum}
-% Store ordinal according to gender:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@storeordinalnum#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@ordinalF{#2}{\@fc@ord}
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@ordinalN{#2}{\@fc@ord}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
-        {Available options are m or f}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@ordinalM{#2}{\@fc@ord}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@ord
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\FMCuse}
-% Get stored information:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\FMCuse}[1]{\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ordinalstring}
-% Display ordinal as a string (argument is a counter)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ordinalstring}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\ordinalstringnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ordinalstringnum}
-% Display ordinal as a string (argument is a count register or
-% number.)
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%\changes{1.33}{2009/10/15}{Made robust}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ordinalstringnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@ordinal@string{#1}}%
-  {\@ordinal@string{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@ordinal@string}
-% Display ordinal as a string according to gender.
-% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageError} to quote macros like
-% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
-% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Correct detailed error message, so `n' is one of available gender options}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@ordinal@string#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@ordinalstringF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-        \protect\@ordinalstringN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-          {Invalid gender option `#2' to \protect\ordinalstring}%
-          {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@ordinalstringM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \@fc@ordstr
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeordinalstring}
-% Store textual representation of number. First argument is 
-% identifying name, second argument is the counter set to the 
-% required number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeordinalstring}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeordinalstringnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeordinalstringnum}
-% Store textual representation of number. First argument is 
-% identifying name, second argument is a count register or number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeordinalstringnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@store@ordinal@string{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@store@ordinal@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@store@ordinal@string}
-% Store textual representation of number according to gender.
-% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageWarning} to quote macros like
-% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@store@ordinal@string#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@ordinalstringF{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@ordinalstringN{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-        {Invalid gender option `#3' to \protect\ordinalstring}%
-        {Available options are m, f or n}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@ordinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@ordstr
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Ordinalstring}
-% Display ordinal as a string with initial letters in upper case
-% (argument is a counter)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Ordinalstring}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\Ordinalstringnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Ordinalstringnum}
-% Display ordinal as a string with initial letters in upper case
-% (argument is a number or count register)
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Ordinalstringnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@Ordinal@string{#1}}%
-  {\@Ordinal@string{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@Ordinal@string}
-% Display ordinal as a string with initial letters in upper case
-% according to gender
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@Ordinal@string#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@OrdinalstringF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-        \protect\@OrdinalstringN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
-          {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@OrdinalstringM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \@fc@ordstr
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeOrdinalstring}
-% Store textual representation of number, with initial letters in 
-% upper case. First argument is identifying name, second argument 
-% is the counter set to the 
-% required number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeOrdinalstring}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeOrdinalstringnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeOrdinalstringnum}
-% Store textual representation of number, with initial letters in 
-% upper case. First argument is identifying name, second argument 
-% is a count register or number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeOrdinalstringnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@store@Ordinal@string{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@store@Ordinal@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@store@Ordinal@string}
-% Store textual representation of number according to gender, 
-% with initial letters in upper case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@store@Ordinal@string#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@OrdinalstringF{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@OrdinalstringN{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
-        {Available options are m or f}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@OrdinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@ordstr
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\storeORDINALstring}
-% Store upper case textual representation of ordinal. The first 
-% argument is identifying name, the second argument is a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeORDINALstring}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeORDINALstringnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeORDINALstringnum}
-% As above, but the second argument is a count register or a
-% number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeORDINALstringnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@store@ORDINAL@string{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@store@ORDINAL@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@store@ORDINAL@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@store@ORDINAL@string#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@ordinalstringF{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@ordinalstringN{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
-        {Available options are m or f}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@ordinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\edef\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\MakeUppercase{\@fc@ordstr}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ORDINALstring}
-% Display upper case textual representation of an ordinal. The
-% argument must be a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ORDINALstring}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\ORDINALstringnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ORDINALstringnum}
-% As above, but the argument is a count register or a number.
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ORDINALstringnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@ORDINAL@string{#1}}%
-  {\@ORDINAL@string{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@ORDINAL@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@ORDINAL@string#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@ordinalstringF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-        \protect\@ordinalstringN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
-          {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@ordinalstringM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \MakeUppercase{\@fc@ordstr}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storenumberstring}
-% Convert number to textual respresentation, and store. First 
-% argument is the identifying name, second argument is a counter 
-% containing the number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storenumberstring}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storenumberstringnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storenumberstringnum}
-% As above, but second argument is a number or count register.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\storenumberstringnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@store@number@string{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@store@number@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@store@number@string}
-% Gender is given as optional argument, \emph{at the end}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@store@number@string#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@numberstringF{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@numberstringN{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}
-        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
-        {Available options are m, f or n}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@numberstringM{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@numstr
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\numberstring}
-% Display textual representation of a number. The argument
-% must be a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\numberstring}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\numberstringnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\numberstringnum}
-% As above, but the argument is a count register or a number.
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\numberstringnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@number@string{#1}}%
-  {\@number@string{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@number@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument \emph{at the end}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@number@string#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@numberstringF{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-         \protect\@numberstringN{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
-          {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@numberstringM{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \@fc@numstr
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeNumberstring}
-% Store textual representation of number. First argument is 
-% identifying name, second argument is a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\storeNumberstring}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeNumberstringnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeNumberstringnum}
-% As above, but second argument is a count register or number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\storeNumberstringnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@store@Number@string{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@store@Number@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@store@Number@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument \emph{at the end}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@store@Number@string#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@NumberstringF{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@NumberstringN{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
-        {Available options are m, f or n}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@NumberstringM{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@numstr
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Numberstring}
-% Display textual representation of number. The argument must be
-% a counter. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Numberstring}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\Numberstringnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Numberstringnum}
-% As above, but the argument is a count register or number.
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Numberstringnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@Number@string{#1}}%
-  {\@Number@string{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@Number@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@Number@string#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@NumberstringF{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-        \protect\@NumberstringN{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
-          {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@NumberstringM{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \@fc@numstr
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeNUMBERstring}
-% Store upper case textual representation of number. The first 
-% argument is identifying name, the second argument is a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\storeNUMBERstring}[2]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeNUMBERstringnum{#1}{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\storeNUMBERstringnum}
-% As above, but the second argument is a count register or a
-% number.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\storeNUMBERstringnum}[2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@store@NUMBER@string{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@store@NUMBER@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@store@NUMBER@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@store@NUMBER@string#1#2[#3]{%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
-  {%
-    \protect\@numberstringF{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@numberstringN{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
-      {}%
-      {%
-        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
-        {Available options are m or f}%
-      }%
-      \protect\@numberstringM{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  \expandafter\edef\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\MakeUppercase{\@fc@numstr}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\NUMBERstring}
-% Display upper case textual representation of a number. The
-% argument must be a counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\NUMBERstring}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\NUMBERstringnum{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\NUMBERstringnum}
-% As above, but the argument is a count register or a number.
-%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
-%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\NUMBERstringnum}[1]{%
-  \new@ifnextchar[%
-  {\@NUMBER@string{#1}}%
-  {\@NUMBER@string{#1}[m]}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@NUMBER@string}
-% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@NUMBER@string#1[#2]{%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
-    {%
-      \protect\@numberstringF{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-    }%
-    {%
-      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
-      {%
-         \protect\@numberstringN{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-      }%
-      {%
-        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
-        {}%
-        {%
-          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
-          {Available options are m, f or n}%
-        }%
-        \protect\@numberstringM{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    \MakeUppercase{\@fc@numstr}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\binary}
-% Number representations in other bases. Binary:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\binary}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@binary{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\aaalph}
-% Like \ics{alph}, but goes beyond 26.
-% (a \ldots\ z aa \ldots zz \ldots)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\aaalph}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@aaalph{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\AAAlph}
-% As before, but upper case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\AAAlph}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@AAAlph{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\abalph}
-% Like \ics{alph}, but goes beyond 26. 
-% (a \ldots\ z ab \ldots az \ldots)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\abalph}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@abalph{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ABAlph}
-% As above, but upper case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\ABAlph}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@ABAlph{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\hexadecimal}
-% Hexadecimal:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\hexadecimal}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@hexadecimal{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Hexadecimal}
-% As above, but in upper case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\Hexadecimal}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@Hexadecimal{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\octal}
-% Octal:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\octal}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@octal{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\decimal}
-% Decimal:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\decimal}[1]{%
-  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@decimal{%
-    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\subsection{Multilinguage Definitions}
-%\begin{macro}{\@setdef@ultfmtcount}
-% If multilingual support is provided, make \cs{@numberstring}
-% etc use the correct language (if defined).
-% Otherwise use English definitions. \cs{@setdef@ultfmtcount}
-% sets the macros to use English.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@setdef@ultfmtcount{%
-  \ifcsundef{@ordinalMenglish}{\FCloadlang{english}}{}%
-  \def\@ordinalstringM{\@ordinalstringMenglish}%
-  \let\@ordinalstringF=\@ordinalstringMenglish
-  \let\@ordinalstringN=\@ordinalstringMenglish
-  \def\@OrdinalstringM{\@OrdinalstringMenglish}%
-  \let\@OrdinalstringF=\@OrdinalstringMenglish
-  \let\@OrdinalstringN=\@OrdinalstringMenglish
-  \def\@numberstringM{\@numberstringMenglish}%
-  \let\@numberstringF=\@numberstringMenglish
-  \let\@numberstringN=\@numberstringMenglish
-  \def\@NumberstringM{\@NumberstringMenglish}%
-  \let\@NumberstringF=\@NumberstringMenglish
-  \let\@NumberstringN=\@NumberstringMenglish
-  \def\@ordinalM{\@ordinalMenglish}%
-  \let\@ordinalF=\@ordinalM
-  \let\@ordinalN=\@ordinalM
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\fc@multiling}
-%\changes{2.02}{2012-10-24}{new}
-%\cs{fc@multiling}\marg{name}\marg{gender}
-%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageWarning} to quote macros like
-% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\fc@multiling}[2]{%
-  \ifcsundef{@#1#2\languagename}%
-  {% try loading it
-     \FCloadlang{\languagename}%
-  }%
-  {%
-  }%
-  \ifcsundef{@#1#2\languagename}%
-  {%
-    \PackageWarning{fmtcount}%
-    {No support for \expandafter\protect\csname #1\endcsname\space for
-     language '\languagename'}%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{\languagename}{\fc@mainlang}}%
-    {%
-       \FCloadlang{english}%
-    }%
-    {%
-    }%
-    \ifcsdef{@#1#2\fc@mainlang}%
-    {%
-       \csuse{@#1#2\fc@mainlang}%
-    }%
-    {%
-       \PackageWarningNoLine{fmtcount}%
-       {No languages loaded at all! Loading english definitions}%
-       \FCloadlang{english}%
-       \def\fc@mainlang{english}%
-       \csuse{@#1#2english}%
-    }%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \csuse{@#1#2\languagename}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@set@mulitling@fmtcount}
-% This defines the number and ordinal string macros to use 
-% \cs{languagename}:
-%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{changed errors to warnings for
-%unsupported languages}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@set@mulitling@fmtcount{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The masculine version of \cs{numberstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@numberstringM{%
-    \fc@multiling{numberstring}{M}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The feminine version of \cs{numberstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@numberstringF{%
-    \fc@multiling{numberstring}{F}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The neuter version of \cs{numberstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@numberstringN{%
-    \fc@multiling{numberstring}{N}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The masculine version of \cs{Numberstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@NumberstringM{%
-    \fc@multiling{Numberstring}{M}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The feminine version of \cs{Numberstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@NumberstringF{%
-    \fc@multiling{Numberstring}{F}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The neuter version of \cs{Numberstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@NumberstringN{%
-    \fc@multiling{Numberstring}{N}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The masculine version of \cs{ordinal}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@ordinalM{%
-    \fc@multiling{ordinal}{M}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The feminine version of \cs{ordinal}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@ordinalF{%
-    \fc@multiling{ordinal}{F}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The neuter version of \cs{ordinal}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@ordinalN{%
-    \fc@multiling{ordinal}{N}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The masculine version of \cs{ordinalstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@ordinalstringM{%
-    \fc@multiling{ordinalstring}{M}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The feminine version of \cs{ordinalstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@ordinalstringF{%
-    \fc@multiling{ordinalstring}{F}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The neuter version of \cs{ordinalstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@ordinalstringN{%
-    \fc@multiling{ordinalstring}{N}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The masculine version of \cs{Ordinalstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@OrdinalstringM{%
-    \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{M}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The feminine version of \cs{Ordinalstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@OrdinalstringF{%
-    \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{F}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The neuter version of \cs{Ordinalstring}:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@OrdinalstringN{%
-    \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{N}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-% Check to see if \styfmt{babel}, \styfmt{polyglossia} or \styfmt{ngerman} packages have been loaded, and if
-% yes set \styfmt{fmtcount} in multiling.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\@ifpackageloaded
-\expandafter{\ifxetex polyglossia\else babel\fi}%
-{%
-  \@set@mulitling@fmtcount
-}%
-{%
-  \@ifpackageloaded{ngerman}%
-  {%
-    \FCloadlang{ngerman}%
-    \@set@mulitling@fmtcount
-  }%
-  {%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% In the case that neither babel/polyglossia, nor ngerman has been loaded, then we go to multiling if a
-% language has been loaded by package option, and to delfault language otherwise.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \iffmtcount@language@option
-        \@set@mulitling@fmtcount
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Some sanity check at the beginning of document may help the end user understand what is wrong:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \AtBeginDocument{%
-          \ifcsundef{languagename}%
-          {%
-            \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{%
-              `\protect\languagename' is undefined, you should use package babel/polyglossia when loading a
-              language via package option. Reverting to default language.
-            }%
-            \@setdef@ultfmtcount
-          }{%
-            \@FC@iflangloaded{\languagename}{}{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The current \cs{languagename} is not a language that has been previously loaded. The correction is to have
-% \cs{languagename} let to \cs{fc@mainlang}. Please note that, as \cs{iffmtcount@language@option} is true,
-% we know that \texttt{fmtcount} has loaded some language.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-              \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{%
-                Setting `\protect\languagename' to `\fc@mainlang'.\MessageBreak
-                Reason is that `\protect\languagename' was `\languagename',\MessageBreak
-                but `\languagename' was not loaded by fmtcount,\MessageBreak
-                whereas `\fc@mainlang' was the last language loaded by fmtcount ;
-              }%
-              \let\languagename\fc@mainlang
-            }
-          }%
-        }
-    \else
-       \@setdef@ultfmtcount
-    \fi
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Backwards compatibility:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\@ordinal=\@ordinalM
-\let\@ordinalstring=\@ordinalstringM
-\let\@Ordinalstring=\@OrdinalstringM
-\let\@numberstring=\@numberstringM
-\let\@Numberstring=\@NumberstringM
-%    \end{macrocode}
-\iffalse Local variables: \fi
-\iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
-\iffalse End:             \fi
-%\iffalse
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</fmtcount.sty>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-%    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*fc-american.def>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %\fi
@@ -4713,6 +1751,11 @@ this number}%
 }%
 \@tempa{france}\@tempa{swiss}\@tempa{belgian}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% Make `\texttt{france}' the default dialect for `\texttt{french}' language
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Move French specific stuff from \styfmt{fmtcount.sty} to \styfmt{fc-french.def}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fmtcount@french{france}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
 % Now, option `\texttt{dialect}' is now defined so that `\texttt{france}', `\texttt{swiss}' and
 % `\texttt{belgian}' can also be used as key values, which is more conventional although less concise.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4747,29 +1790,52 @@ this number}%
 \let\fc@case\fc@CaseIden
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@ordinalMfrench
+% \DescribeMacro{\@ordinalMfrench}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-12}{Protect \cs{`}, for solving
+%   \uref{http://github.com/nlct/fmtcount/issues/15}{Issue \#15}, and
+%   correct non abbreviated ordinal finals}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-20}{Add a package warning about non
+%   abbreviated ordinals in French being incorrect. Change ``i\`eme''
+%   to ``\`eme'' which is the most frequent non abbreviated form.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\@ordinalMfrench}[2]{%
 \iffmtord@abbrv
-  \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
+    \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{er}}%
+  \else
+    \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \fi
 \else
-  \ifnum#1=1\relax
+  \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{Non abbreviated ordinal finals (`eme) are
+    considered incorrect in French.}%
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{er}}%
   \else
-    \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{eme}}%
+    \protected@edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{\protect\`eme}}%
   \fi
 \fi}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@ordinalFfrench
+% \DescribeMacro{\@ordinalFfrench}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-10}{Protect \cs{`}, for solving
+% \uref{http://github.com/nlct/fmtcount/issues/15}{Issue \#15}}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-20}{Add a package warning about non
+%   abbreviated ordinals in French being incorrect. Change ``i\`eme''
+%   to ``\`eme'' which is the most frequent non abbreviated form.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\@ordinalFfrench}[2]{%
 \iffmtord@abbrv
-  \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
+     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{re}}%
+  \else
+     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \fi
 \else
+  \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{Non abbreviated ordinal finals (`eme) are
+    considered incorrect in French.}%
   \ifnum#1=1 %
-     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{i\`ere}}%
+     \protected@edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{\protect\`ere}}%
   \else
-     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{i\`eme}}%
+     \protected@edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{\protect\`eme}}%
   \fi
 \fi}
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -4777,7 +1843,7 @@ this number}%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\@ordinalNfrench\@ordinalMfrench
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@unitstringfrench
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@unitstringfrench}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\@@unitstringfrench}[1]{%
 \noexpand\fc@case
@@ -4796,7 +1862,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \noexpand\@nil
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@tenstringfrench
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@tenstringfrench}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\@@tenstringfrench}[1]{%
 \noexpand\fc@case
@@ -4815,7 +1881,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \noexpand\@nil
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@teenstringfrench
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@teenstringfrench}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\@@teenstringfrench}[1]{%
 \noexpand\fc@case
@@ -4834,7 +1900,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \noexpand\@nil
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@seventiesfrench
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@seventiesfrench}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\@@seventiesfrench}[1]{%
 \@tenstring{6}%
@@ -4846,7 +1912,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \@teenstring{#1}%
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@eightiesfrench Macro \cs{@@eightiesfrench} is used to format numbers in the interval
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@eightiesfrench}Macro \cs{@@eightiesfrench} is used to format numbers in the interval
 % \([80\intv 89]\). Argument as follows:\newline
 % \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
 %   \#1&digit \(d_{w}\) such that the number to be formatted is \(80 + d_{w}\)\\
@@ -4929,7 +1995,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \ifnum#1>0 \@unitstring{#1}\fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@french@common Macro \cs{fc@french@common} does all the preliminary settings common to all
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@french@common}Macro \cs{fc@french@common} does all the preliminary settings common to all
 % French dialects \& formatting options.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\fc@french@common{%
@@ -5065,7 +2131,11 @@ z\'ero%
 \@@ordinalstringfrench{#1}{#2}%
 }
 \newcommand*\fc@@firstfrench{premier}
-\newcommand*\fc@@firstFfrench{premi\`ere}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-10}{Protect \cs{`}, for solving
+% \uref{http://github.com/nlct/fmtcount/issues/15}{Issue \#15}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\fc@@firstFfrench{premi\protect\`ere}
 \DeclareRobustCommand{\@ordinalstringMfrenchfrance}[2]{%
 \let\fc@case\fc@CaseIden
 \let\fc@first=\fc@@firstfrench
@@ -5171,7 +2241,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \let\@OrdinalstringFfrench=\@OrdinalstringFfrenchfrance
 \let\@OrdinalstringNfrench\@OrdinalstringMfrench
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@do@plural@mark Macro \cs{fc@@do@plural@mark} will expand to the plural mark of
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@do@plural@mark}Macro \cs{fc@@do@plural@mark} will expand to the plural mark of
 % \meta{$n$}illiard, \meta{$n$}illion, mil, cent or vingt, whichever is applicable. First check that the macro
 % is not yet defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5233,14 +2303,14 @@ z\'ero%
   \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble Macro \cs{fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble} do the necessary preliminaries before
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble}Macro \cs{fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble} do the necessary preliminaries before
 % formatting a cardinal with feminine gender.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \ifcsundef{fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble}{}{%
   \PackageError{fmtcount}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
     `fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble'}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\fc@@nbrstr@Fpreamble{%
   \fc@read@unit{\count1}{0}%
@@ -5252,7 +2322,7 @@ z\'ero%
   \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@nbrstr@Fpostamble
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@nbrstr@Fpostamble}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\fc@@nbrstr@Fpostamble{%
   \let\fc@case\fc@case@save
@@ -5264,7 +2334,7 @@ z\'ero%
   \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@pot@longscalefrench Macro \cs{fc@@pot@longscalefrench} is used to produce
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@pot@longscalefrench}Macro \cs{fc@@pot@longscalefrench} is used to produce
 % powers of ten with long scale convention. The long scale convention is correct for French and elsewhere in
 % Europe. First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5411,7 +2481,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@pot@shortscalefrench Macro \cs{fc@@pot@shortscalefrench} is used to produce
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@pot@shortscalefrench}Macro \cs{fc@@pot@shortscalefrench} is used to produce
 % powers of ten with short scale convention. This convention is the US convention and is not correct for
 % French and elsewhere in Europe. First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5490,7 +2560,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@pot@recursivefrench Macro \cs{fc@@pot@recursivefrench} is used to produce
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@pot@recursivefrench}Macro \cs{fc@@pot@recursivefrench} is used to produce
 % power of tens that are of the form ``million de milliards de milliards'' for \(10^{24}\). First we check
 % that the macro is not yet defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5607,7 +2677,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@muladdfrench Macro \cs{fc@muladdfrench} is used to format the sum of a number \(a\) and
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@muladdfrench}Macro \cs{fc@muladdfrench} is used to format the sum of a number \(a\) and
 % the product of a number \(d\) by a power of ten \(10^w\). Number \(d\) is made of three consecutive digits
 % \(d_{w+2}d_{w+1}d_w\) of respective weights \(w+2\), \(w+1\), and \(w\), while number \(a\) is made of all
 % digits with weight \(w' > w+2\) that have already been formatted. First check that the macro is not yet
@@ -5704,7 +2774,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@lthundredstringfrench Macro \cs{fc@lthundredstringfrench} is used to format a number in
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@lthundredstringfrench}Macro \cs{fc@lthundredstringfrench} is used to format a number in
 % interval \([0 \intv 99]\). First we check that it is not already defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \ifcsundef{fc@lthundredstringfrench}{}{%
@@ -5807,7 +2877,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@ltthousandstringfrench Macro \cs{fc@ltthousandstringfrench} is used to format a number in
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@ltthousandstringfrench}Macro \cs{fc@ltthousandstringfrench} is used to format a number in
 % interval \([0 \intv 999]\). First we check that it is not already defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \ifcsundef{fc@ltthousandstringfrench}{}{%
@@ -5888,7 +2958,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@numberstringfrench Macro \cs{@@numberstringfrench} is the main engine for formatting
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@numberstringfrench}Macro \cs{@@numberstringfrench} is the main engine for formatting
 % cadinal numbers in French. First we check that the control sequence is not yet defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \ifcsundef{@@numberstringfrench}{}{%
@@ -5930,7 +3000,7 @@ z\'ero%
   }\@tempa
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\fc@@nbrstrfrench@inner Common part of \cs{@@numberstringfrench} and \cs
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@nbrstrfrench@inner}Common part of \cs{@@numberstringfrench} and \cs
 % {@@ordinalstringfrench}. Arguments are as follows:\newline\noindent
 % \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
 % \cs{@tempa}&input/output, macro to which the result is to be aggregated, initially empty or contains the
@@ -5987,7 +3057,7 @@ z\'ero%
     \repeat
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \DescribeMacro\@@ordinalstringfrench Macro \cs{@@ordinalstringfrench} is the main engine for formatting
+% \DescribeMacro{\@@ordinalstringfrench}Macro \cs{@@ordinalstringfrench} is the main engine for formatting
 % ordinal numbers in French. First check it is not yet defined.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \ifcsundef{@@ordinalstringfrench}{}{%
@@ -6029,7 +3099,11 @@ z\'ero%
       \count0=0 % 
     \fi
     \ifnum\count0=1 %
-      \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\fc@case\fc@first\@nil}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-10}{Protect \cs{`}, for solving
+% \uref{http://github.com/nlct/fmtcount/issues/15}{Issue \#15}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\fc@case\fc@first\@nil}%
     \else
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Now we tamper a little bit with the plural handling options to ensure that there is no final plural mark.
@@ -6075,22 +3149,24 @@ z\'ero%
      \let\fc@case\fc@case@save
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Now we add the ``i\`eme'' ending
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-10}{Protect \cs{`}, for solving
+% \uref{http://github.com/nlct/fmtcount/issues/15}{Issue \#15}}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
       \expandafter\fc@get@last@word\expandafter{\@tempa}\@tempb\@tempc
       \expandafter\fc@get@last@letter\expandafter{\@tempc}\@tempd\@tempe
       \def\@tempf{e}%
       \ifx\@tempe\@tempf
-        \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd i\`eme\@nil}%
+        \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd i\protect\`eme\@nil}%
       \else
         \def\@tempf{q}%
         \ifx\@tempe\@tempf
-          \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd qui\`eme\@nil}%
+          \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd qui\protect\`eme\@nil}%
         \else
           \def\@tempf{f}%
           \ifx\@tempe\@tempf
-            \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd vi\`eme\@nil}%
+            \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd vi\protect\`eme\@nil}%
           \else
-            \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempc i\`eme\@nil}%
+            \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempc i\protect\`eme\@nil}%
           \fi
         \fi
       \fi
@@ -6118,6 +3194,18 @@ z\'ero%
 }
 \fc@frenchoptions@setdefaults
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% Make some indirection to call the current French dialect corresponding macro.
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Move French specific stuff from \styfmt{fmtcount.sty} to \styfmt{fc-french.def}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ordinalstringMfrench{\csuse{@ordinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@ordinalstringFfrench{\csuse{@ordinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@OrdinalstringMfrench{\csuse{@OrdinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@OrdinalstringFfrench{\csuse{@OrdinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@numberstringMfrench{\csuse{@numberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@numberstringFfrench{\csuse{@numberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@NumberstringMfrench{\csuse{@NumberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@NumberstringFfrench{\csuse{@NumberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
 \iffalse Local variables: \fi
 \iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
 \iffalse End:             \fi
@@ -8799,5 +5887,3085 @@ this number}%
 %</fc-USenglish.def>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %\fi
+%\iffalse
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*fcnumparser.sty>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{fcnumparser.sty}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{fcnumparser}[2012/09/28]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{fc@counter@parser} is just a shorthand to parse a number held in a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@counter@parser#1{%
+  \expandafter\fc@number@parser\expandafter{\the#1.}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\fc@digit@counter
+
+\def\fc@end@{\fc@end}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@number@analysis} First of all we need to separate the number between integer and fractional
+% part. Number to be analysed is in `\texttt{\#1}'. Decimal separator may be . or , whichever first. At end of
+% this macro, integer part goes to \cs{fc@integer@part} and fractional part goes to \cs{fc@fractional@part}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@number@analysis#1\fc@nil{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First check for the presence of a decimal point in the number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@tempb##1.##2\fc@nil{\def\fc@integer@part{##1}\def\@tempa{##2}}%
+  \@tempb#1.\fc@end\fc@nil
+  \ifx\@tempa\fc@end@
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here \cs{@tempa} is \cs{ifx}-equal to \cs{fc@end}, which means that the number does not contain any decimal
+% point. So we do the same trick to search for a comma.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@tempb##1,##2\fc@nil{\def\fc@integer@part{##1}\def\@tempa{##2}}%
+    \@tempb#1,\fc@end\fc@nil
+    \ifx\@tempa\fc@end@
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No comma either, so fractional part is set empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+       \def\fc@fractional@part{}%
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Comma has been found, so we just need to drop `\texttt{,}\cs{fc@end}' from the end of \cs{@tempa} to get the
+% fractional part.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+       \def\@tempb##1,\fc@end{\def\fc@fractional@part{##1}}%
+       \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa
+    \fi
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Decimal point has been found, so we just need to drop `\texttt{.}\cs{fc@end}' from the end \cs{@tempa} to
+% get the fractional part.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+       \def\@tempb##1.\fc@end{\def\fc@fractional@part{##1}}%
+       \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@number@parser} Macro \cs{fc@number@parser} is the main engine to parse a number.  Argument
+% `\#1' is input and contains the number to be parsed. At end of this macro, each digit is stored separately
+% in a \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$}, and macros \cs{fc@min@weight} and \cs{fc@max@weight} are set to the bounds
+% for \meta{$n$}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@number@parser#1{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First remove all the spaces in \texttt{\#1}, and place the result into \cs{@tempa}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \let\@tempa\@empty
+  \def\@tempb##1##2\fc@nil{%
+    \def\@tempc{##1}%
+    \ifx\@tempc\space
+    \else
+      \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempa ##1}%
+    \fi
+    \def\@tempc{##2}%
+    \ifx\@tempc\@empty
+      \expandafter\@gobble
+    \else
+      \expandafter\@tempb
+    \fi
+    ##2\fc@nil
+  }%
+  \@tempb#1\fc@nil
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Get the sign into \cs{fc@sign} and the unsigned number part into \cs{fc@number}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@tempb##1##2\fc@nil{\def\fc@sign{##1}\def\fc@number{##2}}%
+  \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa\fc@nil
+  \expandafter\if\fc@sign+%
+    \def\fc@sign@case{1}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\if\fc@sign-%
+      \def\fc@sign@case{2}%
+    \else
+      \def\fc@sign{}%
+      \def\fc@sign@case{0}%
+      \let\fc@number\@tempa
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifx\fc@number\@empty
+    \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Invalid number}{Number must contain at least one non blank
+      character after sign}%
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now, split \cs{fc@number} into \cs{fc@integer@part} and \cs{fc@fractional@part}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\fc@number@analysis\fc@number\fc@nil
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now, split \cs{fc@integer@part} into a sequence of \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} with \meta{$n$} ranging from
+% \cs{fc@unit@weight} to \cs{fc@max@weight}. We will use macro \cs{fc@parse@integer@digits} for that, but that
+% will place the digits into \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} with \meta{$n$} ranging from
+% \(2\times\cs{fc@unit@weight}-\cs{fc@max@weight}\) upto \(\cs{fc@unit@weight}-1\).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\fc@digit@counter\fc@unit@weight
+  \expandafter\fc@parse@integer@digits\fc@integer@part\fc@end\fc@nil
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First we compute the weight of the most significant digit: after \cs{fc@parse@integer@digits},
+% \cs{fc@digit@counter} is equal to \(\cs{fc@unit@weight} -\mathrm{mw} -1\) and we want to set
+% \cs{fc@max@weight} to \(\cs{fc@unit@weight} +\mathrm{mw}\) so we do:
+% \begin{equation*}
+% \cs{fc@max@weight}\leftarrow (-\cs{fc@digit@counter}) + 2\times\cs{fc@unit@weight} -1
+% \end{equation*}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \fc@digit@counter -\fc@digit@counter
+  \advance\fc@digit@counter by \fc@unit@weight
+  \advance\fc@digit@counter by \fc@unit@weight
+  \advance\fc@digit@counter by -1 %
+  \edef\fc@max@weight{\the\fc@digit@counter}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we loop for \(i = \cs{fc@unit@weight}\) to \cs{fc@max@weight} in order to copy all the digits from
+% \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{\(i + \mathrm{offset}\)} to \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{\(i\)}. First we compute
+% \(\mathrm{offset}\) into \cs{@tempi}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  {%
+    \count0 \fc@unit@weight\relax
+    \count1 \fc@max@weight\relax
+    \advance\count0 by -\count1 %
+    \advance\count0 by -1 %
+    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{\def\@tempi{##1}}}%
+    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count0}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempb
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we loop to copy the digits. To do that we define a macro \cs{@templ} for terminal recursion.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\fc@digit@counter\fc@unit@weight
+  \def\@templ{%
+     \ifnum\fc@digit@counter>\fc@max@weight
+        \let\next\relax
+     \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here is the loop body:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        {%
+          \count0 \@tempi
+          \advance\count0 by \fc@digit@counter
+          \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempd\expandafter{\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname}%
+          \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{\csname fc@digit@\the\fc@digit@counter\endcsname}%
+          \def\@tempa####1####2{\def\@tempb{\let####1####2}}%
+          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter\@tempe\@tempd
+          \expandafter
+        }\@tempb
+        \advance\fc@digit@counter by 1 %
+     \fi
+     \next
+  }%
+  \let\next\@templ
+  \@templ
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Split \cs{fc@fractional@part} into a sequence of \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} with \meta{$n$} ranging from
+% \(\cs{fc@unit@weight}-1\) to \cs{fc@min@weight} by step of \(-1\). This is much more simpler because we get
+% the digits with the final range of index, so no post-processing loop is needed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\fc@digit@counter\fc@unit@weight
+  \expandafter\fc@parse@integer@digits\fc@fractional@part\fc@end\fc@nil
+  \edef\fc@min@weight{\the\fc@digit@counter}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@parse@integer@digits} Macro \cs{fc@parse@integer@digits} is used to 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@parse@integer@digits}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of 
+    macro `fc@parse@integer@digits'}}
+\def\fc@parse@integer@digits#1#2\fc@nil{%
+  \def\@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\fc@end@
+     \def\next##1\fc@nil{}%
+  \else
+  \let\next\fc@parse@integer@digits
+  \advance\fc@digit@counter by -1
+  \expandafter\def\csname fc@digit@\the\fc@digit@counter\endcsname{#1}%
+  \fi
+  \next#2\fc@nil
+}
+
+
+\newcommand*{\fc@unit@weight}{0}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we have macros to read a few digits from the \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$} array and form a correspoding
+% number.\newline \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@unit} \cs{fc@read@unit} just reads one digit and form an integer in
+% the range \([0 \intv 9]\). First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@read@unit}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro `fc@read@unit'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows:\def\interface{\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% \#1&output counter: into which the read value is placed\\
+% \#2&input number: unit weight at which reach the value is to be read
+% \end{tabularx}}\interface
+% \#2 does not need to be comprised between \cs{fc@min@weight} and {fc@min@weight}, if outside this interval,
+% then a zero is read.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@read@unit#1#2{%
+  \ifnum#2>\fc@max@weight
+     #1=0\relax
+  \else
+     \ifnum#2<\fc@min@weight
+        #1=0\relax
+     \else
+         {%
+           \edef\@tempa{\number#2}%
+           \count0=\@tempa
+           \edef\@tempa{\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname}%
+           \def\@tempb##1{\def\@tempa{#1=##1\relax}}%
+           \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+           \expandafter
+         }\@tempa
+     \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@hundred} Macro \cs{fc@read@hundred} is used to read a pair of digits and form an
+% integer in the range \([0 \intv 99]\).  First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@read@hundred}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro `fc@read@hundred'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@read@unit}:\interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@read@hundred#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \fc@read@unit{\count0}{#2}%
+    \def\@tempa##1{\fc@read@unit{\count1}{##1}}%
+    \count2=#2%
+    \advance\count2 by 1 %
+    \expandafter\@tempa{\the\count2}%
+    \multiply\count1 by 10 %
+    \advance\count1 by \count0 %
+    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{#1=##1\relax}}
+    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count1}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@thousand} Macro \cs{fc@read@thousand} is used to read a trio of digits and form an
+% integer in the range \([0 \intv 999]\).  First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@read@thousand}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
+    `fc@read@thousand'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@read@unit}:\interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@read@thousand#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \fc@read@unit{\count0}{#2}%
+    \def\@tempa##1{\fc@read@hundred{\count1}{##1}}%
+    \count2=#2%
+    \advance\count2 by 1 %
+    \expandafter\@tempa{\the\count2}%
+    \multiply\count1 by 10 %
+    \advance\count1 by \count0 %
+    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{#1=##1\relax}}
+    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count1}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Note: one myriad is ten thousand.
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@read@thousand} Macro \cs{fc@read@myriad} is used to read a quatuor of digits and form an
+% integer in the range \([0 \intv 9999]\).  First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@read@myriad}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
+    `fc@read@myriad'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@read@unit}:\interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@read@myriad#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \fc@read@hundred{\count0}{#2}%
+    \def\@tempa##1{\fc@read@hundred{\count1}{##1}}%
+    \count2=#2
+    \advance\count2 by 2
+    \expandafter\@tempa{\the\count2}%
+    \multiply\count1 by 100 %
+    \advance\count1 by \count0 %
+    \def\@tempa##1{\def\@tempb{#1=##1\relax}}%
+    \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\the\count1}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@check@nonzeros} Macro \cs{fc@check@nonzeros} is used to check whether the number
+% represented by digits \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$n$}, with \(n\) in some interval, is zero, one, or more than one.
+% First we check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@check@nonzeros}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
+    `fc@check@nonzeros'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+%   \#1&input number: minimum unit unit weight at which start to search the non-zeros\\
+%   \#2&input number: maximum unit weight at which end to seach the non-zeros\\
+%   \#3&output macro: let \(n\) be the number represented by digits the weight of which span from \texttt{\#1}
+%   to \texttt{\#2}, then \texttt{\#3} is set to the number min(n,9).\\
+% \end{tabularx}
+% Actually \cs{fc@check@nonzeros} is just a wrapper to collect arguments, and the real job is delegated to
+% \cs{fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} which is called inside a group. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@check@nonzeros#1#2#3{%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% So first we save inputs into local macros used by \cs{fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} as input arguments
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\@@tempa{\number#1}%
+    \edef\@tempb{\number#2}%
+    \count0=\@@tempa
+    \count1=\@tempb\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Then we do the real job
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \fc@@check@nonzeros@inner
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% And finally, we propagate the output after end of group --- i.e. closing brace.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \def\@tempd##1{\def\@tempa{\def#3{##1}}}%
+   \expandafter\@tempd\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+   \expandafter
+  }\@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} Macro \cs{fc@@check@nonzeros@inner} Check wehther some part of the
+% parsed value contains some non-zero digit At the call of this macro we expect that:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}rX@{}}
+%   \cs{@tempa}&input/output macro:\newline\noindent
+%   \settowidth{\tabcolwidth}{output}%
+%   \begin{tabular*}{\hsize}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\itshape}r%
+%     p{\dimexpr\hsize-2\tabcolsep-\tabcolwidth}@{}}
+%     input&minimum unit unit weight at which start to search the non-zeros\\
+%     output&macro may have been redefined
+%   \end{tabular*}\\
+%   \cs{@tempb}&input/output macro:\newline\noindent
+%   \settowidth{\tabcolwidth}{output}%
+%   \begin{tabular*}{\hsize}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\itshape}r%
+%     p{\dimexpr\hsize-2\tabcolsep-\tabcolwidth}@{}}
+% input&maximum unit weight at which end to seach the non-zeros\\
+% output&macro may have been redefined
+% \end{tabular*}\\
+% \cs{@tempc}&ouput macro: 0 if all-zeros, 1 if at least one zero is found\\
+% \cs{count0}&output counter: \(\mathrm{weight}+1\) of the first found non zero starting from minimum
+% \(\mathrm{weight}\).
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner{%
+   \ifnum\count0<\fc@min@weight
+      \count0=\fc@min@weight\relax
+   \fi
+   \ifnum\count1>\fc@max@weight\relax
+      \count1=\fc@max@weight
+   \fi
+   \count2\count0 %
+   \advance\count2 by 1 %
+   \ifnum\count0>\count1 %
+     \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Unexpected arguments}{Number in argument 2 of macro
+       `fc@check@nonzeros' must be at least equal to number in argument 1}%
+   \else
+     \fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody
+     \ifnum\@tempc>0 %
+       \ifnum\@tempc<9 %
+         \ifnum\count0>\count1 %
+         \else
+           \let\@tempd\@tempc
+           \fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody
+           \ifnum\@tempc=0 %
+             \let\@tempc\@tempd
+           \else
+             \def\@tempc{9}%
+           \fi
+         \fi
+       \fi
+     \fi
+   \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody{%
+   % \@tempc <-  digit of weight \count0
+   \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempc\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname
+   \advance\count0 by 1 %
+   \ifnum\@tempc=0 %
+      \ifnum\count0>\count1 %
+        \let\next\relax
+      \else
+        \let\next\fc@@check@nonzeros@inner@loopbody
+      \fi
+   \else
+      \ifnum\count0>\count2 %
+        \def\@tempc{9}%
+      \fi
+      \let\next\relax
+   \fi
+   \next
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@intpart@find@last} Macro \cs{fc@intpart@find@last} find the rightmost non zero digit in the
+% integer part. First check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@intpart@find@last}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro
+    `fc@intpart@find@last'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When macro is called, the number of interest is already parsed, that is to say each digit of weight \(w\) is
+% stored in macro \cs{fc@digit@}\meta{$w$}.  Macro \cs{fc@intpart@find@last} takes one single argument which
+% is a counter to set to the result.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@intpart@find@last#1{%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Counter \cs{count0} will hold the result. So we will loop on \cs{count0}, starting from
+% \(\min\{u,w_{\mathrm{min}}\}\), where \(u\triangleq\cs{fc@unit@weight}\), and
+% \(w_{\mathrm{min}}\triangleq\cs{fc@min@weight}\). So first set \cs{count0} to
+% \(\min\{u,w_{\mathrm{min}}\}\):
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \count0=\fc@unit@weight\space
+    \ifnum\count0<\fc@min@weight\space
+      \count0=\fc@min@weight\space
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now the loop. This is done by defining macro \cs{@templ} for final recursion.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@templ{%
+      \ifnum\csname fc@digit@\the\count0\endcsname=0 %
+        \advance\count0 by 1 %
+        \ifnum\count0>\fc@max@weight\space
+          \let\next\relax
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \let\next\relax
+      \fi
+      \next
+    }%
+    \let\next\@templ
+    \@templ
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now propagate result after closing bracket into counter \texttt{\#1}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+     \toks0{#1}%
+     \edef\@tempa{\the\toks0=\the\count0}%
+     \expandafter
+  }\@tempa\space
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@get@last@word} Getting last word. Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+%   \#1&input: full sequence\\
+%   \#2&output macro 1: all sequence without last word\\
+%   \#3&output macro 2: last word\\
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@get@last@word}{}{\PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition 
+    of macro `fc@get@last@word'}}%
+\def\fc@get@last@word#1#2#3{%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First we split \texttt{\#1} into two parts: everything that is upto \cs{fc@case} exclusive goes to
+% \cs{toks0}, and evrything from \cs{fc@case} exclusive upto the final \cs{@nil} exclusive goes to \cs{toks1}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@tempa##1\fc@case##2\@nil\fc@end{%
+      \toks0{##1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Actually a dummy \cs{fc@case} is appended to \cs{toks1}, because that makes easier further checking that it
+% does not contains any other \cs{fc@case}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \toks1{##2\fc@case}%
+    }%
+    \@tempa#1\fc@end
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now leading part upto last word should be in \cs{toks0}, and last word should be in \cs{toks1}. However we
+% need to check that this is really the last word, i.e. we need to check that there is no \cs{fc@case} inside
+% \cs{toks1} other than the tailing dummy one. To that purpose we will loop while we find that \cs{toks1}
+% contains some \cs{fc@case}. First we define \cs{@tempa} to split \cs{the}\cs{toks1} between parts before and
+% after some potential \cs{fc@case}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@tempa##1\fc@case##2\fc@end{%
+      \toks2{##1}%
+      \def\@tempb{##2}%
+      \toks3{##2}%
+    }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{@tempt} is just an aliases of \cs{toks0} to make its handling easier later on.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \toksdef\@tempt0 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now the loop itself, this is done by terminal recursion with macro \cs{@templ}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@templ{%
+      \expandafter\@tempa\the\toks1 \fc@end
+      \ifx\@tempb\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{@tempb} empty means that the only \cs{fc@case} found in \cs{the}\cs{toks1} is the dummy one. So we end
+% the loop here, \cs{toks2} contains the last word.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \let\next\relax
+      \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{@tempb} is not empty, first we use 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempt
+         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+           \expandafter\the\expandafter\@tempt
+           \expandafter\fc@case\the\toks2}%
+         \toks1\toks3 %
+      \fi
+      \next
+    }%
+    \let\next\@templ
+    \@templ
+    \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand#2{\the\toks0}\def\noexpand#3{\the\toks2}}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@get@last@word} Getting last letter. Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+%   \#1&input: full word\\
+%   \#2&output macro 1: all word without last letter\\
+%   \#3&output macro 2: last letter\\
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@get@last@letter}{}{\PackageError{fcnumparser}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition 
+    of macro `fc@get@last@letter'}}%
+\def\fc@get@last@letter#1#2#3{%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First copy input to local \cs{toks1}. What we are going to to is to bubble one by one letters from
+% \cs{toks1} which initial contains the whole word, into \cs{toks0}. At the end of the macro \cs{toks0} will
+% therefore contain the whole work but the last letter, and the last letter will be in \cs{toks1}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \toks1{#1}%
+    \toks0{}%
+    \toksdef\@tempt0 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We define \cs{@tempa} in order to pop the first letter from the remaining of word.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@tempa##1##2\fc@nil{%
+      \toks2{##1}%
+      \toks3{##2}%
+      \def\@tempb{##2}%
+    }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we define \cs{@templ} to do the loop by terminal recursion.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@templ{%
+      \expandafter\@tempa\the\toks1 \fc@nil
+      \ifx\@tempb\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Stop loop, as \cs{toks1} has been detected to be one single letter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \let\next\relax
+      \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here we append to \cs{toks0} the content of \cs{toks2}, i.e. the next letter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempt
+         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+           \expandafter\the\expandafter\@tempt
+           \the\toks2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% And the remaining letters go to \cs{toks1} for the next iteration.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \toks1\toks3 %
+      \fi
+      \next
+    }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here run the loop.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\next\@templ
+    \next
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now propagate the results into macros \texttt{\#2} and \texttt{\#3} after closing brace.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand#2{\the\toks0}\def\noexpand#3{\the\toks1}}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempa
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+\iffalse Local variables: \fi
+\iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
+\iffalse End:             \fi
+%\iffalse
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</fcnumparser.sty>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*fcprefix.sty>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{fcprefix.sty}
+% Pseudo-latin prefixes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{fcprefix}[2012/09/28]
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}
+\RequirePackage{fcnumparser}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Option `\texttt{use duode and unde}' is to select whether \(18\) and suchlikes (\(\meta{x}8\),
+% \(\meta{x}9\)) writes like duodevicies, or like octodecies. For French it should be `\texttt{below
+% 20}'. Possible values are `\texttt{below 20}' and `\texttt{never}'.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{fcprefix}{use duode and unde}[below20]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{below20}}{%
+    \def\fc@duodeandunde{2}%
+  }{%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{never}}{%
+      \def\fc@duodeandunde{0}%
+    }{%
+      \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
+        Option `use duode and unde' expects `below 20' or `never' }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default is `\texttt{below 20}' like in French.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@duodeandunde{2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Option `\texttt{numeral u in duo}', this can be `\texttt{true}' or `\texttt{false}' and is used to select
+% whether 12 and suchlikes write like dodec\meta{xxx} or duodec\meta{xxx} for numerals.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{fcprefix}{numeral u in duo}[false]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{false}}{%
+    \let\fc@u@in@duo\@empty
+  }{%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}}{%
+      \def\fc@u@in@duo{u}%
+    }{%
+      \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
+        Option `numeral u in duo' expects `true' or `false' }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Option `\texttt{e accute}', this can be `\texttt{true}' or `\texttt{false}' and is used to select whether
+% letter `\texttt{e}' has an accute accent when it pronounce [e] in French.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{fcprefix}{e accute}[false]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{false}}{%
+    \let\fc@prefix@eaccute\@firstofone
+  }{%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}}{%
+      \let\fc@prefix@eaccute\'%
+    }{%
+      \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
+        Option `e accute' expects `true' or `false' }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default is to set accute accent like in French.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\fc@prefix@eaccute\'%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Option `\texttt{power of millia}' tells how millia is raise to power n. It expects value:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% recursive&for which millia squared is noted as `milliamillia'\\
+% arabic&for which millia squared is noted as `millia\^{}2'\\
+% prefix&for which millia squared is noted as `bismillia'
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{fcprefix}{power of millia}[prefix]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{prefix}}{%
+       \let\fc@power@of@millia@init\@gobbletwo
+       \let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@prefix@millia
+  }{%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{arabic}}{%
+       \let\fc@power@of@millia@init\@gobbletwo
+       \let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@arabic@millia
+    }{%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{recursive}}{%
+        \let\fc@power@of@millia@init\fc@@recurse@millia@init
+        \let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@recurse@millia
+      }{%
+        \PackageError{fcprefix}{Unexpected option}{%
+          Option `power of millia' expects `recursive', `arabic', or `prefix' }%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows:\def\interface{\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% \#1& output macro\\
+% \#2& number with current weight \(w\)
+% \end{tabularx}}\interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@recurse@millia#1#2{%
+  \let\@tempp#1%
+  \edef#1{millia\@tempp}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@@recurse@millia}: \interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@recurse@millia@init#1#2{%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Save input argument current weight \(w\) into local macro \cs{@tempb}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\@tempb{\number#2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now main loop from 0 to \(w\). Final value of \cs{@tempa} will be the result.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \count0=0 %
+    \let\@tempa\@empty
+    \loop
+       \ifnum\count0<\@tempb
+         \advance\count0 by 1 %
+         \expandafter\def
+           \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempa millia}%
+    \repeat
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now propagate the expansion of \cs{@tempa} into \texttt{\#1} after closing bace.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\@tempb{\def\noexpand#1{\@tempa}}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@@recurse@millia}: \interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@arabic@millia#1#2{%
+  \ifnnum#2=0 %
+    \let#1\@empty
+  \else
+    \edef#1{millia\^{}\the#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows --- same interface as \cs{fc@@recurse@millia}: \interface
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@prefix@millia#1#2{%
+  \fc@@latin@numeral@pefix{#2}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default value of option `\texttt{power of millia}' is `\texttt{prefix}':
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\fc@power@of@millia@init\@gobbletwo
+\let\fc@power@of@millia\fc@@prefix@millia
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix} Compute a cardinal prefix for n-illion, like \(1 \Rightarrow
+% \textrm{`m'}\), \(2 \Rightarrow \textrm{`bi'}\), \(3 \Rightarrow \textrm{`tri'}\). The algorithm to derive
+% this prefix is that of Russ Rowlett I founds its documentation on Alain Lassine's site:
+% \url{http://www.alain.be/Boece/grands\_nombres.html}. First check that macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fmtcount}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro `fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% \#1&input number to be formated\\
+% \#2&outut macro name into which to place the formatted result
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@latin@cardinal@pefix#1#2{%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First we put input argument into local macro @cs{@tempa} with full expansion.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\@tempa{\number#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now parse number from expanded input.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter\fc@number@parser\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+    \count2=0 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{@tempt} will hold the optional final \texttt{t}, \cs{@tempu} is used to initialize \cs{@tempt} to `t'
+% when the firt non-zero 3digit group is met, which is the job made by \cs{@tempi}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@tempt\@empty
+    \def\@tempu{t}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{@tempm} will hold the \texttt{millia\^}\(^{n\div 3}\)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@tempm\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Loop by means of terminal recursion of herinafter defined macro \cs{@templ}. We loop by group of 3 digits.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@templ{%
+      \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight
+        \let\next\relax
+      \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Loop body. Here we read a group of 3 consecutive digits \(d_2d_1d_0\) and place them respectively into
+% \cs{count3}, \cs{count4}, and \cs{count5}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \fc@read@unit{\count3}{\count2}%
+        \advance\count2 by 1 %
+        \fc@read@unit{\count4}{\count2}%
+        \advance\count2 by 1 %
+        \fc@read@unit{\count5}{\count2}%
+        \advance\count2 by 1 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the 3 considered digits \(d_2d_1d_0\) are not all zero, then set \cs{@tempt} to `\texttt{t}' for the
+% first time this event is met.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \edef\@tempn{%
+          \ifnum\count3=0\else 1\fi
+          \ifnum\count4=0\else 1\fi
+          \ifnum\count5=0\else 1\fi
+        }%
+        \ifx\@tempn\@empty\else
+          \let\@tempt\@tempu
+          \let\@tempu\@empty
+        \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now process the current group \(d_2d_1d_0\) of 3 digits.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \let\@tempp\@tempa
+        \edef\@tempa{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here we process \(d_{2}\) held by \cs{count5}, that is to say hundreds.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \ifcase\count5 %
+          \or cen%
+          \or ducen%
+          \or trecen%
+          \or quadringen%
+          \or quingen%
+          \or sescen%
+          \or septigen%
+          \or octingen%
+          \or nongen%
+          \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here we process \(d_1d_0\) held by \cs{count4} \& \cs{count3}, that is to say tens and units.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \ifnum\count4=0 %
+            % x0(0..9)
+            \ifnum\count2=3 %
+              % Absolute weight zero
+              \ifcase\count3 \@tempt
+              \or m%
+              \or b%
+              \or tr% 
+              \or quadr%
+              \or quin\@tempt
+              \or sex\@tempt
+              \or sep\@tempt
+              \or oc\@tempt
+              \or non%
+              \fi
+            \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here the weight of \cs{count3} is \(3\times n\), with \(n>0\), i.e. this is followed by a
+% \texttt{millia\^}\(n\).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+              \ifcase\count3 %
+              \or \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight\else un\fi
+              \or d\fc@u@in@duo o%
+              \or tre%
+              \or quattuor%
+              \or quin%
+              \or sex%
+              \or septen%
+              \or octo%
+              \or novem%
+              \fi
+            \fi
+          \else
+             % x(10..99)
+             \ifcase\count3 %
+             \or un%
+             \or d\fc@u@in@duo o%
+             \or tre%
+             \or quattuor%
+             \or quin%
+             \or sex%
+             \or septen%
+             \or octo%
+             \or novem%
+             \fi
+             \ifcase\count4 %
+             \or dec%
+             \or vigin\@tempt
+             \or trigin\@tempt
+             \or quadragin\@tempt
+             \or quinquagin\@tempt
+             \or sexagin\@tempt
+             \or septuagin\@tempt
+             \or octogin\@tempt
+             \or nonagin\@tempt
+             \fi
+          \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the \texttt{millia\^}\(^{(n\div 3)}\) only if \(d_2d_1d_0\not=0\), i.e. if one of \cs{count3}
+% \cs{count4} or \cs{count5} is non zero.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \@tempm
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% And append previous version of \cs{@tempa}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \@tempp
+        }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% ``Concatenate'' \texttt{millia} to \cs{@tempm}, so that \cs{@tempm} will expand to
+% \texttt{millia\^}\(^{(n\div 3)+1}\) at the next iteration. Actually whether this is a concatenation or some
+% \texttt{millia} prefixing depends of option `\texttt{power of millia}'.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \fc@power@of@millia\@tempm{\count2}%
+      \fi
+      \next
+    }%
+    \let\@tempa\@empty
+    \let\next\@templ
+    \@templ
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Propagate expansion of \cs{@tempa} into \texttt{\#2} after closing bracket.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@tempb##1{\def\@tempa{\def#2{##1}}}%
+    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \DescribeMacro{\fc@@latin@numeral@pefix} Compute a numeral prefix
+% like `s\'emel', `bis', `ter', `quater',
+% etc\ldots I found the algorithm to derive this prefix on Alain Lassine's site:
+% \url{http://www.alain.be/Boece/nombres\_gargantuesques.html}. First check that the macro is not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{fc@@latin@numeral@pefix}{}{%
+  \PackageError{fmtcount}{Duplicate definition}{Redefinition of macro 
+    `fc@@latin@numeral@pefix'}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% \#1& input number to be formatted,\\
+% \#2&  outut macro name into which to place the result
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@@latin@numeral@pefix#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \edef\@tempa{\number#1}%
+    \def\fc@unit@weight{0}%
+    \expandafter\fc@number@parser\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+    \count2=0 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Macro \cs{@tempm} will hold the \texttt{millies\^}\(^{n\div 3}\).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@tempm\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Loop over digits. This is done by defining macro \cs{@templ} for terminal recursion.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@templ{%
+      \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight
+        \let\next\relax
+      \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Loop body. Three consecutive digits \(d_{2}d_{1}d_{0}\) are read into counters \cs{count3}, \cs{count4}, and
+% \cs{count5}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \fc@read@unit{\count3}{\count2}%
+        \advance\count2 by 1 %
+        \fc@read@unit{\count4}{\count2}%
+        \advance\count2 by 1 %
+        \fc@read@unit{\count5}{\count2}%
+        \advance\count2 by 1 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Check the use of \texttt{duodevicies} instead of \texttt{octodecies}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \let\@tempn\@secondoftwo
+        \ifnum\count3>7 %
+          \ifnum\count4<\fc@duodeandunde
+            \ifnum\count4>0 %
+               \let\@tempn\@firstoftwo
+             \fi
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \@tempn
+        {% use duodevicies for eighteen
+          \advance\count4 by 1 %
+          \let\@temps\@secondoftwo
+        }{%  do not use duodevicies for eighteen
+          \let\@temps\@firstoftwo
+        }%
+        \let\@tempp\@tempa
+        \edef\@tempa{%
+          % hundreds
+          \ifcase\count5 %
+          \expandafter\@gobble
+          \or c%
+          \or duc%
+          \or trec%
+          \or quadring%
+          \or quing%
+          \or sesc%
+          \or septing%
+          \or octing%
+          \or nong%
+          \fi
+          {enties}%
+          \ifnum\count4=0 %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here \(d_{2}d_{1}d_{0}\) is such that \(d_{1} = 0\).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+            \ifcase\count3 %
+            \or
+              \ifnum\count2=3 %
+                s\fc@prefix@eaccute emel%
+              \else
+                \ifnum\count2>\fc@max@weight\else un\fi
+              \fi
+            \or bis%
+            \or ter% 
+            \or quater%
+            \or quinquies%
+            \or sexies%
+            \or septies%
+            \or octies%
+            \or novies%
+            \fi
+          \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here \(d_{2}d_{1}d_{0}\) is such that \(d_{1} \geq 1\).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+             \ifcase\count3 %
+             \or un%
+             \or d\fc@u@in@duo o%
+             \or ter%
+             \or quater%
+             \or quin%
+             \or sex%
+             \or septen%
+             \or \@temps{octo}{duod\fc@prefix@eaccute e}% x8 = two before next (x+1)0
+             \or \@temps{novem}{und\fc@prefix@eaccute e}% x9 = one before next (x+1)0
+             \fi
+             \ifcase\count4 %
+             % can't get here
+             \or d\fc@prefix@eaccute ec%
+             \or vic%
+             \or tric%
+             \or quadrag%
+             \or quinquag%
+             \or sexag%
+             \or septuag%
+             \or octog%
+             \or nonag%
+             \fi
+             ies%
+          \fi
+          % Insert the millies^(n/3) only if one of \count3 \count4 \count5 is non zero
+          \@tempm
+          % add up previous version of \@tempa
+          \@tempp
+        }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Concatenate \texttt{millies} to \cs{@tempm} so that it is equal to \texttt{millies\^}\(^{n\div 3}\) at the
+% next iteration. Here we just have plain concatenation, contrary to cardinal for which a prefix can be used
+% instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \let\@tempp\@tempp
+        \edef\@tempm{millies\@tempp}%
+      \fi
+      \next
+    }%
+    \let\@tempa\@empty
+    \let\next\@templ
+    \@templ
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now propagate expansion of \@tempa into \texttt{\#2} after closing bracket.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\@tempb##1{\def\@tempa{\def#2{##1}}}%
+    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Stuff for calling macros. Construct \cs{fc@call}\meta{some macro} can be used to pass two arguments to
+% \meta{some macro} with a configurable calling convention:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item the calling convention is such that there is one mandatory argument \meta{marg} and an optional
+%   argument \meta{oarg}
+% \item either \cs{fc@call} is \cs{let} to be equal to \cs{fc@call@opt@arg@second}, and then calling
+% convention is that the \meta{marg} is first and \meta{oarg} is second,
+% \item or \cs{fc@call} is \cs{let} to be equal to \cs{fc@call@opt@arg@first}, and then calling convention is
+%   that the \meta{oarg} is first and \meta{aarg} is second,
+% \item if \meta{oarg} is absent, then it is by convention set empty,
+% \item \meta{some macro} is supposed to have two mandatory arguments of which \meta{oarg} is passed to the
+%   first, and \meta{marg} is passed to the second, and
+% \item \meta{some macro} is called within a group.
+% \end{itemize}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@call@opt@arg@second#1#2{%
+  \def\@tempb{%
+    \ifx[\@tempa
+      \def\@tempc[####1]{%
+            {#1{####1}{#2}}%
+          }%
+    \else
+      \def\@tempc{{#1{}{#2}}}%
+    \fi
+    \@tempc
+  }%
+  \futurelet\@tempa
+  \@tempb
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@call@opt@arg@first#1{%
+  \def\@tempb{%
+    \ifx[\@tempa
+      \def\@tempc[####1]####2{{#1{####1}{####2}}}%
+    \else
+      \def\@tempc####1{{#1{}{####1}}}%
+    \fi
+    \@tempc
+  }%
+  \futurelet\@tempa
+  \@tempb
+}
+
+\let\fc@call\fc@call@opt@arg@first
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% User API.
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro{\@latinnumeralstringnum} Macro \cs{@latinnumeralstringnum}. Arguments as
+% follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% \#1&local options\\
+% \#2& input number
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@latinnumeralstringnum}[2]{%
+  \setkeys{fcprefix}{#1}%
+  \fc@@latin@numeral@pefix{#2}\@tempa
+  \@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Arguments as follows:\newline\noindent
+% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash\ttfamily}rX@{}}
+% \#1&local options\\
+% \#2&input counter
+% \end{tabularx}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@latinnumeralstring}[2]{%
+  \setkeys{fcprefix}{#1}%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter
+     \@tempa\expandafter\csname c@#2\endcsname
+  \expandafter\fc@@latin@numeral@pefix\expandafter{\the\@tempa}\@tempa
+  \@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\latinnumeralstring}{%
+  \fc@call\@latinnumeralstring
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\latinnumeralstringnum}{%
+  \fc@call\@latinnumeralstringnum
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+\iffalse Local variables: \fi
+\iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
+\iffalse End:             \fi
+%\iffalse
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</fcprefix.sty>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*fmtcount.sty>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{fmtcount.sty}
+% This section deals with the code for |fmtcount.sty|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{fmtcount}[2015/05/05 v3.01]
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Use \styfmt{xkeyval} instead of \styfmt{keyval}, so that we do not get in trouble
+% with bracket spurious removals}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\RequirePackage{fcprefix}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Add \cs{RequirePackage} for \texttt{ifxetex}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.3}{2007/7/19}{no
+%longer using xspace package}
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{amsgen now loaded (\cs{new@ifnextchar}
+% needed)}
+% Need to use \cs{new@ifnextchar} instead of \cs{@ifnextchar} in
+% commands that have a final optional argument (such as \cs{gls})
+% so require \sty{amsgen}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{amsgen}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These commands need to be defined before the
+% configuration file is loaded.
+%
+% Define the macro to format the |st|, |nd|, |rd| or |th| of an 
+% ordinal.
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Make \cs{fmtord} language dependent.}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-21}{Substitute \cs{textsuperscript} for \cs{fc@textsuperscript}, and define
+% \cs{fc@textsuperscript} as \cs{fup} when defined at beginning of document, or as \cs{textsuperscript}
+% otherwise}
+%\begin{macro}{\fc@orddef@ult}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\fc@orddef@ult}[1]{\fc@textsuperscript{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\fc@ord@multiling}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\fc@ord@multiling}[1]{%
+  \ifcsundef{fc@\languagename @alias@of}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not a supported language, just use the default setting:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \fc@orddef@ult{#1}}{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname fc@\languagename @alias@of\endcsname
+  \ifcsundef{fc@ord@\@tempa}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Not language specfic setting, just use the default setting:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \fc@orddef@ult{#1}}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Language with specific setting, use that setting:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\csname fc@ord@\@tempa\endcsname{#1}}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\padzeroes}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{padzeroes}\oarg{n}
+%\end{definition}
+% Specifies how many digits should be displayed for commands such as
+% \cs{decimal} and \cs{binary}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\c@padzeroesN
+\c@padzeroesN=1\relax
+\providecommand*{\padzeroes}[1][17]{\c@padzeroesN=#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\FCloadlang}
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
+%\changes{2.02}{2012-10-24}{ensured catcode for @ set to `letter'
+%before loading file}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{FCloadlang}\marg{language}
+%\end{definition}
+% Load \styfmt{fmtcount} language file,
+% \texttt{fc-}\meta{language}\texttt{.def}, unless already loaded.
+% Unfortunately neither \styfmt{babel} nor \styfmt{polyglossia} keep a list of loaded
+% dialects, so we can't load all the necessary def files in the
+% preamble as we don't know which dialects the user requires.
+% Therefore the dialect definitions get loaded when a command such
+% as \cs{ordinalnum} is used, if they
+% haven't already been loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\fc@tmpcatcode
+\def\fc@languages{}%
+\def\fc@mainlang{}%
+\newcommand*{\FCloadlang}[1]{%
+  \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}{}%
+  {%
+    \fc@tmpcatcode=\catcode`\@\relax
+    \catcode `\@ 11\relax
+    \InputIfFileExists{fc-#1.def}%
+    {%
+      \ifdefempty{\fc@languages}%
+      {%
+        \gdef\fc@languages{#1}%
+      }%
+      {%
+         \gappto\fc@languages{,#1}%
+      }%
+      \gdef\fc@mainlang{#1}%
+    }%
+    {}%
+    \catcode `\@ \fc@tmpcatcode\relax
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@FC@iflangloaded}
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{@FC@iflangloaded}\marg{language}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+%\end{definition}
+%If fmtcount language definition file \texttt{fc-}\meta{language}\texttt{.def} has
+%been loaded, do \meta{true} otherwise do \meta{false}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@FC@iflangloaded}[3]{%
+  \ifcsundef{ver@fc-#1.def}{#3}{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ProvidesFCLanguage}
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
+% Declare fmtcount language definition file. Adapted from
+% \ics{ProvidesFile}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ProvidesFCLanguage}[1]{%
+  \ProvidesFile{fc-#1.def}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% We need that flag to remember that a language has been loaded via package option, so that in the end we can
+% set \styfmt{fmtcount} in multiling
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\iffmtcount@language@option
+\fmtcount@language@optionfalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\fc@supported@language@list}
+%    Declare list of supported languages, as a comma separated list. No space, no empty items. Each item is a
+%    language for which fmtcount is able to load language specific definitions. \texttt{Aliases but be
+%    \textit{after} their meaning, for instance `american' being an alias of `USenglish', it has to appear
+%    after it in the list}. The raison d'\^etre of this list is to commonalize iteration on languages for the
+%    two following purposes:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item loading language definition as a result of the language being used by
+%      \styfmt{babel}/\styfmt{polyglossia}
+%    \item loading language definition as a result of package option
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    These two purposes cannot be handled in the same pass, we need two different passes otherwise there would
+%    be some corner cases when a package would be required --- as a result of loading language definition for
+%    one language --- between a \cs{DeclareOption} and a \cs{ProcessOption} which is forbidden by \LaTeXe.
+%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{new}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\fc@supported@language@list{%
+english,%
+UKenglish,%
+british,%
+USenglish,%
+american,%
+spanish,%
+portuges,%
+french,%
+frenchb,%
+francais,%
+german,%
+germanb,%
+ngerman,%
+ngermanb,%
+italian}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\fc@iterate@on@languages}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{fc@iterate@on@languages}\marg{body}
+%\end{definition}
+% Now make some language iterator, note that for the following to work properly
+% \cs{fc@supported@language@list} must not be empty. \meta{body} is  a macro that takes one argument, and
+% \cs{fc@iterate@on@languages} applies it iteratively :
+%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{new}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\fc@iterate@on@languages[1]{%
+  \ifx\fc@supported@language@list\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% That case should never happen !
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \PackageError{fmtcount}{Macro `\protect\@fc@iterate@on@languages' is empty}{You should never get here:
+      Something is broken within \texttt{fmtcount}, please report the issue on
+      \texttt{https://github.com/search?q=fmtcount\&ref=cmdform\&type=Issues}}%
+  \else
+    \let\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1
+    \expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fc@supported@language@list,\@nil,%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\@fc@iterate@on@languages#1,{%
+    {%
+      \def\@tempa{#1}%
+      \ifx\@tempa\@nnil
+        \let\@tempa\@empty
+      \else
+        \def\@tempa{%
+          \fc@iterate@on@languages@body{#1}%
+          \@fc@iterate@on@languages
+        }%
+      \fi
+      \expandafter
+    }\@tempa
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}\marg{language}
+%\end{definition}
+%Loads fmtcount language file,
+%\texttt{fc-}\meta{language}\texttt{.def}, 
+% if one of the following condition is met:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \styfmt{babel} language definition file \meta{language}\texttt{.ldf} has been loaded --- conditionally
+% to compilation with \texttt{latex}, not \texttt{xelatex}.
+% \item \styfmt{polyglossia} language definition file \texttt{gloss-}\meta{language}\texttt{.ldf} has been
+%   loaded --- conditionally to compilation with \texttt{xelatex}, not \texttt{latex}.
+% \item \meta{language} option has been passed to package \styfmt{fmtcount}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+%\changes{2.03}{2012-11-11}{renamed \cs{@fc@loadifbabelldf} to
+% \cs{@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}}
+%\changes{2.03}{2012-11-11}{added check for polyglossia language}
+%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{use \cs{ifxetex} to discriminate between \styfmt{babel} and \styfmt{polyglossia}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf}[1]{%
+  \ifxetex
+    \IfFileExists{gloss-#1.ldf}{\ifcsundef{#1@loaded}{}{\FCloadlang{#1}}}{}%
+  \else
+     \ifcsundef{ver@#1.ldf}{}{\FCloadlang{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Load appropriate language definition files:
+%\changes{1.1}{14 June 2007}{added check for UKenglish,
+% british and USenglish babel settings}
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{changed check for \cs{l@}\meta{language} 
+% to check for \cs{date}\meta{language}}
+%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{use iterator rather than doing it flat on each language}
+%\changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Define language aliases to \cs{fmtord}
+%   option dependent on ``true'' language .}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fc@iterate@on@languages\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% By default all languages are unique --- i.e. aliases not yet defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname{#1}}
+\expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fc@supported@language@list,\@nil,%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now define those languages that are aliases of another
+% language. This is done with: \cs{@tempa}\marg{alias}\marg{language}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@tempa#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname{#2}%
+}%
+\@tempa{frenchb}{french}
+\@tempa{francais}{french}
+\@tempa{germanb}{german}
+\@tempa{ngermanb}{german}
+\@tempa{ngerman}{german}
+\@tempa{british}{english}
+\@tempa{american}{USenglish}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now, thanks to the aliases, we are going to define one option for each language, so that each language can
+% have its own settings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1{%
+  \define@key{fmtcount}{#1}[]{%
+    \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}%
+    {%
+      \setkeys{fc\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname}{##1}%
+    }{%
+      \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+      {Language `#1' not defined}%
+      {You need to load \ifxetex polyglossia\else babel\fi\space before loading fmtcount}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname}{#1}}{%
+    \define@key{fc\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname}{fmtord}{%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{raise}\or\equal{##1}{level}}{%
+        \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname fc@set@ord@as@##1\endcsname
+        \expandafter\@tempa\csname fc@ord@#1\endcsname
+      }{%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{undefine}}{%
+          \expandafter\let\csname fc@ord@#1\endcsname\undefined
+        }{%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid value `##1' to fmtord key}%
+          {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `level', `raise'
+            or `undefine'}%
+        }}
+    }%
+  }{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the language \#1 is an alias, do the same as the language of which it is an alias:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname KV@\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname @fmtord\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@fmtord\endcsname\@tempa
+  }%
+}
+\expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fc@supported@language@list,\@nil,%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{option}{fmtord}
+% Key to determine how to display the ordinal
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Apply option directly, rather than doing a border effect on \cs{fmtcount@fmtord},
+% and then postprocessing depending on \cs{fmtcount@fmtord} at the end of \cs{fmtcountsetoptions}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fc@set@ord@as@level#1{%
+  \def#1##1{##1}%
+}
+\def\fc@set@ord@as@raise#1{%
+  \let#1\fc@textsuperscript
+}
+\define@key{fmtcount}{fmtord}{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{level}
+           \or\equal{#1}{raise}}%
+  {%
+    \csname fc@set@ord@as@#1\endcsname\fc@orddef@ult
+    \def\fmtcount@fmtord{#1}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+    {Invalid value `#1' to fmtord key}%
+    {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `level' or `raise'}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%\begin{macro}{\iffmtord@abbrv}
+%  Key to determine whether the ordinal superscript should be
+%  abbreviated (language dependent, currently only affects French
+%  ordinals, non-abbreviated French ordinals ending --- i.e. `ier' and
+%  `i\`eme' --- are considered faulty.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\iffmtord@abbrv
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-12}{Make `true' the default for option
+% `abbr', as in French this is the correct behaviour, and currently
+% only French uses that}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fmtord@abbrvtrue
+\define@key{fmtcount}{abbrv}[true]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}\or\equal{#1}{false}}%
+  {%
+    \csname fmtord@abbrv#1\endcsname
+  }%
+  {%
+    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+    {Invalid value `#1' to fmtord key}%
+    {Option `abbrv' can only take the values `true' or
+     `false'}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{option}{prefix}
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{new}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{fmtcount}{prefix}[scale=long]{%
+  \RequirePackage{fmtprefix}%
+  \fmtprefixsetoption{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%\begin{macro}{\fmtcountsetoptions}
+% Define command to set options.
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{ Move French specific stuff to \styfmt{french.def}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fmtcountsetoptions{%
+  \def\fmtcount@fmtord{}%
+  \setkeys{fmtcount}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Load configuration file if it exists.  This needs to be done
+% before the package options, to allow the user to override
+% the settings in the configuration file.
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{Now no message if fmtcount.cfg not found}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{fmtcount.cfg}%
+{%
+  \PackageInfo{fmtcount}{Using configuration file fmtcount.cfg}%
+}%
+{%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-10-15}{Declare language option so that actual loading happens after \cs{ProcessOptions},
+% and the \cs{ProcessOption} only registers the language for loading.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{option}{\meta{language}}
+%Option \meta{language} causes language \meta{language} to be registered for loading. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@fc@declare@language@option[1]{%
+  \DeclareOption{#1}{%
+    \ifx\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list\@empty
+       \def\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list{#1}%
+    \else
+       \edef\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list{\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list,#1}%
+    \fi
+  }}%
+\fc@iterate@on@languages\@fc@declare@language@option
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
+%\begin{option}{level}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{level}{\def\fmtcount@fmtord{level}%
+  \def\fc@orddef@ult#1{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%\begin{option}{raise}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{raise}{\def\fmtcount@fmtord{raise}%
+  \def\fc@orddef@ult#1{\fc@textsuperscript{#1}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+% Process package options 
+% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Add \cs{relax} after \cs{ProcessOptions} like shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-10-15}{Load languages that have been registered for loading by package option.}
+% Now we do the loading of all languages that have been set by option to be loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list\@empty\else
+\def\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1{%
+    \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}{}{%
+      \fmtcount@language@optiontrue
+      \FCloadlang{#1}%
+     }}
+\expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list,\@nil,%
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\@FCmodulo}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{@FCmodulo}\marg{count reg}\marg{n}
+%\end{definition}
+%\changes{2.04}{2014-06-09}{renamed \cs{@modulo} to \cs{@FCmodulo}}
+% Sets the count register to be its value modulo \meta{n}. 
+% This is used for the
+% date, time, ordinal and numberstring commands. (The
+% \styfmt{fmtcount} package was originally part of the 
+% \sty{datetime} package.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\@DT@modctr
+\newcommand*{\@FCmodulo}[2]{%
+  \@DT@modctr=#1\relax
+  \divide \@DT@modctr by #2\relax
+  \multiply \@DT@modctr by #2\relax
+  \advance #1 by -\@DT@modctr
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% The following registers are needed by |\@ordinal| etc
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\@ordinalctr
+\newcount\@orgargctr
+\newcount\@strctr
+\newcount\@tmpstrctr
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%Define commands that display numbers in different bases.
+% Define counters and conditionals needed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@DT@padzeroes
+\newcount\@DT@loopN
+\newcount\@DT@X
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\binarynum}
+% Converts a decimal number to binary, and display.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@binary}[1]{%
+  \@DT@padzeroestrue
+  \@DT@loopN=17\relax
+  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
+  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
+  \@strctr=65536\relax
+  \@DT@X=#1\relax
+  \loop
+    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
+    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
+       \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
+       \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}%
+    {}%
+    {\the\@DT@modctr}%
+    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
+    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+    \divide\@strctr by 2\relax
+    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \ifnum\@strctr>1
+  \repeat
+  \the\@DT@X
+}
+
+\let\binarynum=\@binary
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\octalnum}
+% Converts a decimal number to octal, and displays.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@octal}[1]{%
+  \ifnum#1>32768
+    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+    {Value of counter too large for \protect\@octal}
+    {Maximum value 32768}
+  \else
+  \@DT@padzeroestrue
+  \@DT@loopN=6\relax
+  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
+  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
+  \@strctr=32768\relax
+  \@DT@X=#1\relax
+  \loop
+    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
+    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
+       \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
+       \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}%
+    {}{\the\@DT@modctr}%
+    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
+    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+    \divide\@strctr by 8\relax
+    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \ifnum\@strctr>1
+  \repeat
+  \the\@DT@X
+  \fi
+}
+\let\octalnum=\@octal
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@@hexadecimalnum}
+% Converts number from 0 to 15 into lowercase hexadecimal notation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@@hexadecimal}[1]{%
+  \ifcase#10\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or
+  6\or7\or8\or9\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\hexadecimalnum}
+% Converts a decimal number to a lowercase hexadecimal number, 
+% and displays it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@hexadecimal}[1]{%
+  \@DT@padzeroestrue
+  \@DT@loopN=5\relax
+  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
+  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
+  \@strctr=65536\relax
+  \@DT@X=#1\relax
+  \loop
+    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
+    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
+      \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
+      \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}
+    {}{\@@hexadecimal\@DT@modctr}%
+    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
+    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+    \divide\@strctr by 16\relax
+    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \ifnum\@strctr>1
+  \repeat
+  \@@hexadecimal\@DT@X
+}
+\let\hexadecimalnum=\@hexadecimal
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@@Hexadecimalnum}
+% Converts number from 0 to 15 into uppercase hexadecimal notation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@@Hexadecimal}[1]{%
+  \ifcase#10\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or
+  7\or8\or9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Hexadecimalnum}
+% Uppercase hexadecimal
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@Hexadecimal}[1]{%
+  \@DT@padzeroestrue
+  \@DT@loopN=5\relax
+  \@strctr=\@DT@loopN
+  \whiledo{\@strctr<\c@padzeroesN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1}%
+  \@strctr=65536\relax
+  \@DT@X=#1\relax
+  \loop
+    \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
+    \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
+      \and \(\@DT@modctr=0\)
+      \and \(\@DT@loopN>\c@padzeroesN\)}%
+    {}{\@@Hexadecimal\@DT@modctr}%
+    \ifnum\@DT@modctr=0\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
+    \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+    \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+    \divide\@strctr by 16\relax
+    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \ifnum\@strctr>1
+  \repeat
+  \@@Hexadecimal\@DT@X
+}
+
+\let\Hexadecimalnum=\@Hexadecimal
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\aaalphnum}
+% Lowercase alphabetical representation (a \ldots\ z aa \ldots\ zz)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@aaalph}[1]{%
+  \@DT@loopN=#1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \divide\@DT@loopN by 26\relax
+  \@DT@modctr=\@DT@loopN
+  \multiply\@DT@modctr by 26\relax
+  \@DT@X=#1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+  \advance\@DT@loopN by 1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
+  \loop
+    \@alph\@DT@X
+    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \ifnum\@DT@loopN>0
+  \repeat
+}
+
+\let\aaalphnum=\@aaalph
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\AAAlphnum}
+% Uppercase alphabetical representation (a \ldots\ z aa \ldots\ zz)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@AAAlph}[1]{%
+  \@DT@loopN=#1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \divide\@DT@loopN by 26\relax
+  \@DT@modctr=\@DT@loopN
+  \multiply\@DT@modctr by 26\relax
+  \@DT@X=#1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+  \advance\@DT@loopN by 1\relax
+  \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
+  \loop
+    \@Alph\@DT@X
+    \advance\@DT@loopN by -1\relax
+  \ifnum\@DT@loopN>0
+  \repeat
+}
+
+\let\AAAlphnum=\@AAAlph
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\abalphnum}
+% Lowercase alphabetical representation
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@abalph}[1]{%
+  \ifnum#1>17576\relax
+    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+    {Value of counter too large for \protect\@abalph}%
+    {Maximum value 17576}%
+  \else
+    \@DT@padzeroestrue
+    \@strctr=17576\relax
+    \@DT@X=#1\relax
+    \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
+    \loop
+      \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
+      \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+      \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}
+        \and \(\@DT@modctr=1\)}%
+      {}{\@alph\@DT@modctr}%
+      \ifnum\@DT@modctr=1\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
+      \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+      \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+      \divide\@strctr by 26\relax
+    \ifnum\@strctr>1
+    \repeat
+    \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
+    \@alph\@DT@X
+  \fi
+}
+
+\let\abalphnum=\@abalph
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ABAlphnum}
+% Uppercase alphabetical representation
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@ABAlph}[1]{%
+  \ifnum#1>17576\relax
+    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+   {Value of counter too large for \protect\@ABAlph}%
+   {Maximum value 17576}%
+  \else
+    \@DT@padzeroestrue
+    \@strctr=17576\relax
+    \@DT@X=#1\relax
+    \advance\@DT@X by -1\relax
+    \loop
+      \@DT@modctr=\@DT@X
+      \divide\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+      \ifthenelse{\boolean{@DT@padzeroes}\and
+      \(\@DT@modctr=1\)}{}{\@Alph\@DT@modctr}%
+      \ifnum\@DT@modctr=1\else\@DT@padzeroesfalse\fi
+      \multiply\@DT@modctr by \@strctr
+      \advance\@DT@X by -\@DT@modctr
+      \divide\@strctr by 26\relax
+    \ifnum\@strctr>1
+    \repeat
+    \advance\@DT@X by 1\relax
+    \@Alph\@DT@X
+  \fi
+}
+
+\let\ABAlphnum=\@ABAlph
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@fmtc@count}
+% Recursive command to count number of characters in argument.
+% \cs{@strctr} should be set to zero before calling it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@fmtc@count#1#2\relax{%
+  \if\relax#1%
+  \else
+    \advance\@strctr by 1\relax
+    \@fmtc@count#2\relax
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@decimal}
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{fixed unwanted space.}
+% Format number as a decimal, possibly padded with zeroes in front.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@decimal}[1]{%
+  \@strctr=0\relax
+  \expandafter\@fmtc@count\number#1\relax
+  \@DT@loopN=\c@padzeroesN
+  \advance\@DT@loopN by -\@strctr
+  \ifnum\@DT@loopN>0\relax
+    \@strctr=0\relax
+    \whiledo{\@strctr < \@DT@loopN}{0\advance\@strctr by 1\relax}%
+  \fi
+  \number#1\relax
+}
+
+\let\decimalnum=\@decimal
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\FCordinal}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{FCordinal}\marg{number}
+%\end{definition}
+% This is a bit cumbersome.  Previously \cs{@ordinal}
+% was defined in a similar way to \cs{abalph} etc.
+% This ensured that the actual value of the counter was
+% written in the new label stuff in the .aux file. However
+% adding in an optional argument to determine the gender
+% for multilingual compatibility messed things up somewhat.
+% This was the only work around I could get to keep the
+% the cross-referencing stuff working, which is why
+% the optional argument comes \emph{after} the compulsory
+% argument, instead of the usual manner of placing it before.
+% Note however, that putting the optional argument means that
+% any spaces will be ignored after the command if the optional
+% argument is omitted.
+% Version 1.04 changed \cs{ordinal} to \cs{FCordinal}
+% to prevent it clashing with the memoir class. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\FCordinal}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\ordinalnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ordinal}
+% If \cs{ordinal} isn't defined make \cs{ordinal} a synonym
+% for \cs{FCordinal} to maintain compatibility with previous
+% versions.
+% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageWarning} to quote macros like
+% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{ordinal}
+ {\let\ordinal\FCordinal}%
+ {%
+   \PackageWarning{fmtcount}%
+   {\protect\ordinal \space already defined use 
+    \protect\FCordinal \space instead.}
+ }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ordinalnum}
+% Display ordinal where value is given as a number or 
+% count register instead of a counter:
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ordinalnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@ordinalnum{#1}}%
+  {\@ordinalnum{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@ordinalnum}
+% Display ordinal according to gender (neuter added in v1.1,
+% \cs{xspace} added in v1.2, and removed in v1.3\footnote{I
+%couldn't get it to work consistently both with and without the
+%optional argument}):
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ordinalnum#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@ordinalF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+        \protect\@ordinalN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+           {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
+           {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@ordinalM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \@fc@ordstr
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeordinal}
+% Store the ordinal (first argument
+% is identifying name, second argument is a counter.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeordinal}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeordinalnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeordinalnum}
+% Store ordinal (first argument
+% is identifying name, second argument is a number or
+% count register.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeordinalnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@storeordinalnum{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@storeordinalnum{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@storeordinalnum}
+% Store ordinal according to gender:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@storeordinalnum#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@ordinalF{#2}{\@fc@ord}
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@ordinalN{#2}{\@fc@ord}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
+        {Available options are m or f}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@ordinalM{#2}{\@fc@ord}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@ord
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\FMCuse}
+% Get stored information:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\FMCuse}[1]{\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ordinalstring}
+% Display ordinal as a string (argument is a counter)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ordinalstring}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\ordinalstringnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ordinalstringnum}
+% Display ordinal as a string (argument is a count register or
+% number.)
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%\changes{1.33}{2009/10/15}{Made robust}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ordinalstringnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@ordinal@string{#1}}%
+  {\@ordinal@string{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@ordinal@string}
+% Display ordinal as a string according to gender.
+% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageError} to quote macros like
+% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
+% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Correct detailed error message, so `n' is one of available gender options}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ordinal@string#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@ordinalstringF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+        \protect\@ordinalstringN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid gender option `#2' to \protect\ordinalstring}%
+          {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@ordinalstringM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \@fc@ordstr
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeordinalstring}
+% Store textual representation of number. First argument is 
+% identifying name, second argument is the counter set to the 
+% required number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeordinalstring}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeordinalstringnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeordinalstringnum}
+% Store textual representation of number. First argument is 
+% identifying name, second argument is a count register or number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeordinalstringnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@store@ordinal@string{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@store@ordinal@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@store@ordinal@string}
+% Store textual representation of number according to gender.
+% \changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageWarning} to quote macros like
+% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@store@ordinal@string#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@ordinalstringF{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@ordinalstringN{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+        {Invalid gender option `#3' to \protect\ordinalstring}%
+        {Available options are m, f or n}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@ordinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@ordstr
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Ordinalstring}
+% Display ordinal as a string with initial letters in upper case
+% (argument is a counter)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Ordinalstring}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\Ordinalstringnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Ordinalstringnum}
+% Display ordinal as a string with initial letters in upper case
+% (argument is a number or count register)
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Ordinalstringnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@Ordinal@string{#1}}%
+  {\@Ordinal@string{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Ordinal@string}
+% Display ordinal as a string with initial letters in upper case
+% according to gender
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Ordinal@string#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@OrdinalstringF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+        \protect\@OrdinalstringN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
+          {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@OrdinalstringM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \@fc@ordstr
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeOrdinalstring}
+% Store textual representation of number, with initial letters in 
+% upper case. First argument is identifying name, second argument 
+% is the counter set to the 
+% required number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeOrdinalstring}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeOrdinalstringnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeOrdinalstringnum}
+% Store textual representation of number, with initial letters in 
+% upper case. First argument is identifying name, second argument 
+% is a count register or number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeOrdinalstringnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@store@Ordinal@string{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@store@Ordinal@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@store@Ordinal@string}
+% Store textual representation of number according to gender, 
+% with initial letters in upper case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@store@Ordinal@string#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@OrdinalstringF{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@OrdinalstringN{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
+        {Available options are m or f}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@OrdinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@ordstr
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\storeORDINALstring}
+% Store upper case textual representation of ordinal. The first 
+% argument is identifying name, the second argument is a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeORDINALstring}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeORDINALstringnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeORDINALstringnum}
+% As above, but the second argument is a count register or a
+% number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeORDINALstringnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@store@ORDINAL@string{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@store@ORDINAL@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@store@ORDINAL@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@store@ORDINAL@string#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@ordinalstringF{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@ordinalstringN{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
+        {Available options are m or f}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@ordinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-11-10}{Protect \cs{`}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\protected@edef\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\MakeUppercase{\@fc@ordstr}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ORDINALstring}
+% Display upper case textual representation of an ordinal. The
+% argument must be a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ORDINALstring}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\ORDINALstringnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ORDINALstringnum}
+% As above, but the argument is a count register or a number.
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ORDINALstringnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@ORDINAL@string{#1}}%
+  {\@ORDINAL@string{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@ORDINAL@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ORDINAL@string#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@ordinalstringF{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+        \protect\@ordinalstringN{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
+          {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@ordinalstringM{#1}{\@fc@ordstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \MakeUppercase{\@fc@ordstr}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storenumberstring}
+% Convert number to textual respresentation, and store. First 
+% argument is the identifying name, second argument is a counter 
+% containing the number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storenumberstring}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storenumberstringnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storenumberstringnum}
+% As above, but second argument is a number or count register.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\storenumberstringnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@store@number@string{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@store@number@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@store@number@string}
+% Gender is given as optional argument, \emph{at the end}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@store@number@string#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@numberstringF{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@numberstringN{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}
+        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
+        {Available options are m, f or n}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@numberstringM{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@numstr
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\numberstring}
+% Display textual representation of a number. The argument
+% must be a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\numberstring}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\numberstringnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\numberstringnum}
+% As above, but the argument is a count register or a number.
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\numberstringnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@number@string{#1}}%
+  {\@number@string{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@number@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument \emph{at the end}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@number@string#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@numberstringF{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+         \protect\@numberstringN{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
+          {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@numberstringM{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \@fc@numstr
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeNumberstring}
+% Store textual representation of number. First argument is 
+% identifying name, second argument is a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\storeNumberstring}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeNumberstringnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeNumberstringnum}
+% As above, but second argument is a count register or number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\storeNumberstringnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@store@Number@string{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@store@Number@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@store@Number@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument \emph{at the end}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@store@Number@string#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@NumberstringF{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@NumberstringN{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
+        {Available options are m, f or n}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@NumberstringM{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname\@fc@numstr
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Numberstring}
+% Display textual representation of number. The argument must be
+% a counter. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Numberstring}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\Numberstringnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Numberstringnum}
+% As above, but the argument is a count register or number.
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Numberstringnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@Number@string{#1}}%
+  {\@Number@string{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Number@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Number@string#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@NumberstringF{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+        \protect\@NumberstringN{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
+          {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@NumberstringM{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \@fc@numstr
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeNUMBERstring}
+% Store upper case textual representation of number. The first 
+% argument is identifying name, the second argument is a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\storeNUMBERstring}[2]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\storeNUMBERstringnum{#1}{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\storeNUMBERstringnum}
+% As above, but the second argument is a count register or a
+% number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\storeNUMBERstringnum}[2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@store@NUMBER@string{#1}{#2}}%
+  {\@store@NUMBER@string{#1}{#2}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@store@NUMBER@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@store@NUMBER@string#1#2[#3]{%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{f}}%
+  {%
+    \protect\@numberstringF{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{n}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@numberstringN{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{m}}%
+      {}%
+      {%
+        \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+        {Invalid gender option `#3'}%
+        {Available options are m or f}%
+      }%
+      \protect\@numberstringM{#2}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \expandafter\edef\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\MakeUppercase{\@fc@numstr}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\NUMBERstring}
+% Display upper case textual representation of a number. The
+% argument must be a counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\NUMBERstring}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\NUMBERstringnum{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\NUMBERstringnum}
+% As above, but the argument is a count register or a number.
+%\changes{1.31}{2009/10/02}{replaced \cs{@ifnextchar} with
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\NUMBERstringnum}[1]{%
+  \new@ifnextchar[%
+  {\@NUMBER@string{#1}}%
+  {\@NUMBER@string{#1}[m]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@NUMBER@string}
+% Gender is specified as an optional argument at the end.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@NUMBER@string#1[#2]{%
+  {%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{f}}%
+    {%
+      \protect\@numberstringF{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+    }%
+    {%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{n}}%
+      {%
+         \protect\@numberstringN{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{m}}%
+        {}%
+        {%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid gender option `#2'}%
+          {Available options are m, f or n}%
+        }%
+        \protect\@numberstringM{#1}{\@fc@numstr}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \MakeUppercase{\@fc@numstr}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\binary}
+% Number representations in other bases. Binary:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\binary}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@binary{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\aaalph}
+% Like \ics{alph}, but goes beyond 26.
+% (a \ldots\ z aa \ldots zz \ldots)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\aaalph}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@aaalph{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\AAAlph}
+% As before, but upper case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\AAAlph}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@AAAlph{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\abalph}
+% Like \ics{alph}, but goes beyond 26. 
+% (a \ldots\ z ab \ldots az \ldots)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\abalph}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@abalph{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ABAlph}
+% As above, but upper case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\ABAlph}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@ABAlph{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\hexadecimal}
+% Hexadecimal:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\hexadecimal}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@hexadecimal{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Hexadecimal}
+% As above, but in upper case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\Hexadecimal}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@Hexadecimal{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\octal}
+% Octal:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\octal}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@octal{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\decimal}
+% Decimal:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\decimal}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\protect\expandafter\@decimal{%
+    \expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Multilinguage Definitions}
+%\begin{macro}{\@setdef@ultfmtcount}
+% If multilingual support is provided, make \cs{@numberstring}
+% etc use the correct language (if defined).
+% Otherwise use English definitions. \cs{@setdef@ultfmtcount}
+% sets the macros to use English.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@setdef@ultfmtcount{%
+  \ifcsundef{@ordinalMenglish}{\FCloadlang{english}}{}%
+  \def\@ordinalstringM{\@ordinalstringMenglish}%
+  \let\@ordinalstringF=\@ordinalstringMenglish
+  \let\@ordinalstringN=\@ordinalstringMenglish
+  \def\@OrdinalstringM{\@OrdinalstringMenglish}%
+  \let\@OrdinalstringF=\@OrdinalstringMenglish
+  \let\@OrdinalstringN=\@OrdinalstringMenglish
+  \def\@numberstringM{\@numberstringMenglish}%
+  \let\@numberstringF=\@numberstringMenglish
+  \let\@numberstringN=\@numberstringMenglish
+  \def\@NumberstringM{\@NumberstringMenglish}%
+  \let\@NumberstringF=\@NumberstringMenglish
+  \let\@NumberstringN=\@NumberstringMenglish
+  \def\@ordinalM{\@ordinalMenglish}%
+  \let\@ordinalF=\@ordinalM
+  \let\@ordinalN=\@ordinalM
+  \let\fmtord\fc@orddef@ult
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\fc@multiling}
+%\changes{2.02}{2012-10-24}{new}
+%\cs{fc@multiling}\marg{name}\marg{gender}
+%\changes{3.00}{2014-07-18}{Use \cs{protect}, not \cs{string} in \cs{PackageWarning} to quote macros like
+% shown in \texttt{clsguide.pdf}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\fc@multiling}[2]{%
+  \ifcsundef{@#1#2\languagename}%
+  {% try loading it
+     \FCloadlang{\languagename}%
+  }%
+  {%
+  }%
+  \ifcsundef{@#1#2\languagename}%
+  {%
+    \PackageWarning{fmtcount}%
+    {No support for \expandafter\protect\csname #1\endcsname\space for
+     language '\languagename'}%
+    \ifthenelse{\equal{\languagename}{\fc@mainlang}}%
+    {%
+       \FCloadlang{english}%
+    }%
+    {%
+    }%
+    \ifcsdef{@#1#2\fc@mainlang}%
+    {%
+       \csuse{@#1#2\fc@mainlang}%
+    }%
+    {%
+       \PackageWarningNoLine{fmtcount}%
+       {No languages loaded at all! Loading english definitions}%
+       \FCloadlang{english}%
+       \def\fc@mainlang{english}%
+       \csuse{@#1#2english}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \csuse{@#1#2\languagename}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@set@mulitling@fmtcount}
+% This defines the number and ordinal string macros to use 
+% \cs{languagename}:
+%\changes{2.0}{2012-06-18}{changed errors to warnings for
+%unsupported languages}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@set@mulitling@fmtcount{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The masculine version of \cs{numberstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@numberstringM{%
+    \fc@multiling{numberstring}{M}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The feminine version of \cs{numberstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@numberstringF{%
+    \fc@multiling{numberstring}{F}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The neuter version of \cs{numberstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@numberstringN{%
+    \fc@multiling{numberstring}{N}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The masculine version of \cs{Numberstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@NumberstringM{%
+    \fc@multiling{Numberstring}{M}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The feminine version of \cs{Numberstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@NumberstringF{%
+    \fc@multiling{Numberstring}{F}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The neuter version of \cs{Numberstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@NumberstringN{%
+    \fc@multiling{Numberstring}{N}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The masculine version of \cs{ordinal}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@ordinalM{%
+    \fc@multiling{ordinal}{M}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The feminine version of \cs{ordinal}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@ordinalF{%
+    \fc@multiling{ordinal}{F}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The neuter version of \cs{ordinal}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@ordinalN{%
+    \fc@multiling{ordinal}{N}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The masculine version of \cs{ordinalstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@ordinalstringM{%
+    \fc@multiling{ordinalstring}{M}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The feminine version of \cs{ordinalstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@ordinalstringF{%
+    \fc@multiling{ordinalstring}{F}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The neuter version of \cs{ordinalstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@ordinalstringN{%
+    \fc@multiling{ordinalstring}{N}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The masculine version of \cs{Ordinalstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@OrdinalstringM{%
+    \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{M}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The feminine version of \cs{Ordinalstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@OrdinalstringF{%
+    \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{F}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The neuter version of \cs{Ordinalstring}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@OrdinalstringN{%
+    \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{N}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Make \cs{fmtord} language dependent:
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-18}{Make \cs{fmtord} language dependent.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \let\fmtord\fc@ord@multiling
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Check to see if \styfmt{babel}, \styfmt{polyglossia} or \styfmt{ngerman} packages have been loaded, and if
+% yes set \styfmt{fmtcount} in multiling.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\@ifpackageloaded
+\expandafter{\ifxetex polyglossia\else babel\fi}%
+{%
+  \@set@mulitling@fmtcount
+}%
+{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{ngerman}%
+  {%
+    \FCloadlang{ngerman}%
+    \@set@mulitling@fmtcount
+  }%
+  {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In the case that neither babel/polyglossia, nor ngerman has been loaded, then we go to multiling if a
+% language has been loaded by package option, and to delfault language otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \iffmtcount@language@option
+        \@set@mulitling@fmtcount
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Some sanity check at the beginning of document may help the end user understand what is wrong:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \AtBeginDocument{%
+          \ifcsundef{languagename}%
+          {%
+            \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{%
+              `\protect\languagename' is undefined, you should use package babel/polyglossia when loading a
+              language via package option. Reverting to default language.
+            }%
+            \@setdef@ultfmtcount
+          }{%
+            \@FC@iflangloaded{\languagename}{}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The current \cs{languagename} is not a language that has been previously loaded. The correction is to have
+% \cs{languagename} let to \cs{fc@mainlang}. Please note that, as \cs{iffmtcount@language@option} is true,
+% we know that \texttt{fmtcount} has loaded some language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+              \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{%
+                Setting `\protect\languagename' to `\fc@mainlang'.\MessageBreak
+                Reason is that `\protect\languagename' was `\languagename',\MessageBreak
+                but `\languagename' was not loaded by fmtcount,\MessageBreak
+                whereas `\fc@mainlang' was the last language loaded by fmtcount ;
+              }%
+              \let\languagename\fc@mainlang
+            }
+          }%
+        }
+    \else
+       \@setdef@ultfmtcount
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.01}{2014-12-21}{Substitute \cs{textsuperscript} for \cs{fc@textsuperscript}, and define
+% \cs{fc@textsuperscript} as \cs{fup} when defined at beginning of document, or as \cs{textsuperscript}
+% otherwise}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+   \ifcsundef{FBsupR}{\let\fc@textsuperscript\textsuperscript}{\let\fc@textsuperscript\fup}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Backwards compatibility:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@ordinal=\@ordinalM
+\let\@ordinalstring=\@ordinalstringM
+\let\@Ordinalstring=\@OrdinalstringM
+\let\@numberstring=\@numberstringM
+\let\@Numberstring=\@NumberstringM
+%    \end{macrocode}
+\iffalse Local variables: \fi
+\iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
+\iffalse End:             \fi
+%\iffalse
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</fmtcount.sty>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
 %\Finale
 \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.ins
index 40258ccff79..5a40522adae 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.ins
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-% fmtcount.ins generated using makedtx version 0.94b 2014/7/28 7:55
+% fmtcount.ins generated using makedtx version 0.94b 2015/5/8 16:50
 \input docstrip
 
 \preamble
 
  fmtcount.dtx
- Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+ Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 
  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -18,19 +18,13 @@
 
  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 
- This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+ This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 
 \endpreamble
 
 \askforoverwritefalse
 
-\generate{\file{fcnumparser.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fcnumparser.sty,package}}
-\file{fcprefix.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fcprefix.sty,package}}
-\file{fmtcount.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fmtcount.sty,package}}
-\file{fc-american.def}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\generate{\file{fc-american.def}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
 \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fc-american.def,package}}
 \file{fc-british.def}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
 \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fc-british.def,package}}
@@ -62,6 +56,12 @@
 \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fc-UKenglish.def,package}}
 \file{fc-USenglish.def}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
 \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fc-USenglish.def,package}}
+\file{fcnumparser.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fcnumparser.sty,package}}
+\file{fcprefix.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fcprefix.sty,package}}
+\file{fmtcount.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{fmtcount.dtx}{fmtcount.sty,package}}
 }
 
 \endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-UKenglish.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-UKenglish.def
index b514c4a21c5..9a7ccc3c5d9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-UKenglish.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-UKenglish.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-UKenglish.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{UKenglish}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{english}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMUKenglish\@ordinalMenglish
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-USenglish.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-USenglish.def
index 19c7bd4efcc..711a25082ba 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-USenglish.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-USenglish.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-USenglish.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{USenglish}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{english}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMUSenglish\@ordinalMenglish
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-american.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-american.def
index da645326fd2..d143d70ca68 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-american.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-american.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-american.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{american}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{USenglish}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMamerican\@ordinalMUSenglish
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-british.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-british.def
index ab6e3fae49a..787ce1dea3a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-british.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-british.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-british.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{british}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{english}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMbritish\@ordinalMenglish
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-english.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-english.def
index 0b5f820ff30..1b4d41824b4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-english.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-english.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-english.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{english}[2013/08/17]%
 \newcommand*\@ordinalMenglish[2]{%
 \def\@fc@ord{}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-francais.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-francais.def
index 356a5064561..607da3c3229 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-francais.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-francais.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-francais.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{francais}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{french}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMfrancais=\@ordinalMfrench
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-french.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-french.def
index 43180885d80..af6c49a242f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-french.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-french.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-french.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{french}[2012/10/24]%
 \def\fc@french@set@plural#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
   \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{reformed}}{%
@@ -165,6 +168,7 @@
     \def\fmtcount@french{#1}}%
 }%
 \@tempa{france}\@tempa{swiss}\@tempa{belgian}%
+\def\fmtcount@french{france}%
 \define@key{fcfrench}{dialect}[france]{%
   \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{france}
     \or\equal{#1}{swiss}
@@ -189,22 +193,34 @@
 
 \newcommand*{\@ordinalMfrench}[2]{%
 \iffmtord@abbrv
-  \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
+    \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{er}}%
+  \else
+    \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \fi
 \else
-  \ifnum#1=1\relax
+  \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{Non abbreviated ordinal finals (`eme) are
+    considered incorrect in French.}%
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{er}}%
   \else
-    \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{eme}}%
+    \protected@edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{\protect\`eme}}%
   \fi
 \fi}
 \newcommand*{\@ordinalFfrench}[2]{%
 \iffmtord@abbrv
-  \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
+     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{re}}%
+  \else
+     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{e}}%
+  \fi
 \else
+  \PackageWarning{fmtcount}{Non abbreviated ordinal finals (`eme) are
+    considered incorrect in French.}%
   \ifnum#1=1 %
-     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{i\`ere}}%
+     \protected@edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{\protect\`ere}}%
   \else
-     \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{i\`eme}}%
+     \protected@edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{\protect\`eme}}%
   \fi
 \fi}
 \let\@ordinalNfrench\@ordinalMfrench
@@ -463,7 +479,7 @@ z\'ero%
 \@@ordinalstringfrench{#1}{#2}%
 }
 \newcommand*\fc@@firstfrench{premier}
-\newcommand*\fc@@firstFfrench{premi\`ere}
+\newcommand*\fc@@firstFfrench{premi\protect\`ere}
 \DeclareRobustCommand{\@ordinalstringMfrenchfrance}[2]{%
 \let\fc@case\fc@CaseIden
 \let\fc@first=\fc@@firstfrench
@@ -1080,7 +1096,7 @@ z\'ero%
       \count0=0 %
     \fi
     \ifnum\count0=1 %
-      \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\fc@case\fc@first\@nil}%
+      \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\fc@case\fc@first\@nil}%
     \else
       \def\@tempa##1{%
         \expandafter\edef\csname fc@frenchoptions@##1@plural\endcsname{%
@@ -1116,17 +1132,17 @@ z\'ero%
       \expandafter\fc@get@last@letter\expandafter{\@tempc}\@tempd\@tempe
       \def\@tempf{e}%
       \ifx\@tempe\@tempf
-        \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd i\`eme\@nil}%
+        \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd i\protect\`eme\@nil}%
       \else
         \def\@tempf{q}%
         \ifx\@tempe\@tempf
-          \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd qui\`eme\@nil}%
+          \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd qui\protect\`eme\@nil}%
         \else
           \def\@tempf{f}%
           \ifx\@tempe\@tempf
-            \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd vi\`eme\@nil}%
+            \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempd vi\protect\`eme\@nil}%
           \else
-            \edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempc i\`eme\@nil}%
+            \protected@edef\@tempa{\@tempb\expandafter\fc@case\@tempc i\protect\`eme\@nil}%
           \fi
         \fi
       \fi
@@ -1147,6 +1163,14 @@ z\'ero%
   \def\fc@frenchoptions@mil@plural@mark{le}%
 }
 \fc@frenchoptions@setdefaults
+\def\@ordinalstringMfrench{\csuse{@ordinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@ordinalstringFfrench{\csuse{@ordinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@OrdinalstringMfrench{\csuse{@OrdinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@OrdinalstringFfrench{\csuse{@OrdinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@numberstringMfrench{\csuse{@numberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@numberstringFfrench{\csuse{@numberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@NumberstringMfrench{\csuse{@NumberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
+\def\@NumberstringFfrench{\csuse{@NumberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french}}%
 \iffalse Local variables: \fi
 \iffalse mode: docTeX     \fi
 \iffalse End:             \fi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-frenchb.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-frenchb.def
index 65ee11c0e15..026b4e50437 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-frenchb.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-frenchb.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-frenchb.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{frenchb}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{french}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMfrenchb=\@ordinalMfrench
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-german.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-german.def
index 6f951e27153..3f0d859f0fc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-german.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-german.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-german.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{german}[2014/06/09]%
 \newcommand{\@ordinalMgerman}[2]{%
   \edef#2{\number#1\relax.}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-germanb.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-germanb.def
index 7dd3ce7e4b4..3b3bdc4460c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-germanb.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-germanb.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-germanb.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{germanb}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{german}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMgermanb=\@ordinalMgerman
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-italian.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-italian.def
index f9b728231d8..22a43458001 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-italian.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-italian.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-italian.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{italian}[2013/08/17]
 
 \RequirePackage{itnumpar}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngerman.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngerman.def
index a0e81dd3541..c9d38dd6604 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngerman.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngerman.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-ngerman.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{ngerman}[2012/06/18]%
 \FCloadlang{german}%
 \FCloadlang{ngermanb}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngermanb.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngermanb.def
index c3bfe07f7f2..1be2a82515d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngermanb.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-ngermanb.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-ngermanb.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{ngermanb}[2013/08/17]%
 \FCloadlang{german}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMngermanb=\@ordinalMgerman
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuges.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuges.def
index 52262fa5745..0a4f696ef75 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuges.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuges.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-portuges.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{portuges}[2014/06/09]%
 \newcommand*\@ordinalMportuges[2]{%
   \ifnum#1=0\relax
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuguese.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuguese.def
index 60bdc54d659..18bb7e9f948 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuguese.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-portuguese.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-portuguese.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{portuguese}[2014/06/09]%
 \FCloadlang{portuges}%
 \global\let\@ordinalMportuguese=\@ordinalMportuges
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-spanish.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-spanish.def
index 1d59ac7ae85..3a8c9eb2b37 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-spanish.def
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fc-spanish.def
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fc-spanish.def,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \ProvidesFCLanguage{spanish}[2013/08/17]%
 \newcommand*\@ordinalMspanish[2]{%
   \edef#2{\number#1\relax\noexpand\fmtord{o}}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcnumparser.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcnumparser.sty
index e55bea04492..b65bfd53cf0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcnumparser.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcnumparser.sty
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fcnumparser.sty,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 \ProvidesPackage{fcnumparser}[2012/09/28]
 \def\fc@counter@parser#1{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcprefix.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcprefix.sty
index 44b7832fbcb..e82d9a8b367 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcprefix.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fcprefix.sty
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fcprefix.sty,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 \ProvidesPackage{fcprefix}[2012/09/28]
 \RequirePackage{ifthen}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.sty
index df80c35e55e..6d55bef08fc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fmtcount/fmtcount.sty
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 %% fmtcount.dtx  (with options: `fmtcount.sty,package')
 %% 
 %%  fmtcount.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2014 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
+%%  Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche
 %% 
 %%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 %% 
 %%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot and Vincent Belaïche.
 %% 
-%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty, fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def.
+%%  This work consists of the files fmtcount.dtx and fmtcount.ins and the derived files fc-american.def, fc-british.def, fc-english.def, fc-francais.def, fc-french.def, fc-frenchb.def, fc-german.def, fc-germanb.def, fc-italian.def, fc-ngerman.def, fc-ngermanb.def, fc-portuges.def, fc-portuguese.def, fc-spanish.def, fc-UKenglish.def, fc-USenglish.def, fcnumparser.sty, fcprefix.sty, fmtcount.sty.
 %% 
 %% \CharacterTable
 %%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -48,15 +48,25 @@
 %%\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\latinnumeralstringnum}]
 %%\cs{latinnumeralstringnum}\marg{number}\oarg{prefix options}
 %%\end{definition}
+%% Local Variables:
+%% coding: utf-8
+%% End:
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{fmtcount}[2014/07/18 v3.00]
+\ProvidesPackage{fmtcount}[2015/05/05 v3.01]
 \RequirePackage{ifthen}
-\RequirePackage{keyval}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
 \RequirePackage{etoolbox}
 \RequirePackage{fcprefix}
 \RequirePackage{ifxetex}
 \RequirePackage{amsgen}
-\providecommand*{\fmtord}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\providecommand*{\fc@orddef@ult}[1]{\fc@textsuperscript{#1}}
+\providecommand*{\fc@ord@multiling}[1]{%
+  \ifcsundef{fc@\languagename @alias@of}{%
+  \fc@orddef@ult{#1}}{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname fc@\languagename @alias@of\endcsname
+  \ifcsundef{fc@ord@\@tempa}{%
+    \fc@orddef@ult{#1}}{%
+\csname fc@ord@\@tempa\endcsname{#1}}}}
 \newcount\c@padzeroesN
 \c@padzeroesN=1\relax
 \providecommand*{\padzeroes}[1][17]{\c@padzeroesN=#1}
@@ -139,34 +149,72 @@ italian}
   \fi
 }
 \fc@iterate@on@languages\@fc@loadifbabelorpolyglossialdf
-\def\fmtcount@french{france}
-\define@key{fmtcount}{french}[france]{%
-  \@FC@iflangloaded{french}%
-  {%
-    \setkeys{fcfrench}{#1}%
+\def\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname{#1}}
+\expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fc@supported@language@list,\@nil,%
+\def\@tempa#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname{#2}%
+}%
+\@tempa{frenchb}{french}
+\@tempa{francais}{french}
+\@tempa{germanb}{german}
+\@tempa{ngermanb}{german}
+\@tempa{ngerman}{german}
+\@tempa{british}{english}
+\@tempa{american}{USenglish}
+\def\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1{%
+  \define@key{fmtcount}{#1}[]{%
+    \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}%
+    {%
+      \setkeys{fc\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname}{##1}%
+    }{%
+      \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+      {Language `#1' not defined}%
+      {You need to load \ifxetex polyglossia\else babel\fi\space before loading fmtcount}%
+    }%
   }%
-  {%
-    \PackageError{fmtcount}%
-    {Language `french' not defined}%
-    {You need to load babel before loading fmtcount}%
+  \ifthenelse{\equal{\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname}{#1}}{%
+    \define@key{fc\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname}{fmtord}{%
+      \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{raise}\or\equal{##1}{level}}{%
+        \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname fc@set@ord@as@##1\endcsname
+        \expandafter\@tempa\csname fc@ord@#1\endcsname
+      }{%
+        \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{undefine}}{%
+          \expandafter\let\csname fc@ord@#1\endcsname\undefined
+        }{%
+          \PackageError{fmtcount}%
+          {Invalid value `##1' to fmtord key}%
+          {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `level', `raise'
+            or `undefine'}%
+        }}
+    }%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname KV@\csname fc@#1@alias@of\endcsname @fmtord\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@fmtord\endcsname\@tempa
   }%
 }
+\expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fc@supported@language@list,\@nil,%
+\def\fc@set@ord@as@level#1{%
+  \def#1##1{##1}%
+}
+\def\fc@set@ord@as@raise#1{%
+  \let#1\fc@textsuperscript
+}
 \define@key{fmtcount}{fmtord}{%
   \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{level}
-           \or\equal{#1}{raise}
-           \or\equal{#1}{user}}%
+           \or\equal{#1}{raise}}%
   {%
+    \csname fc@set@ord@as@#1\endcsname\fc@orddef@ult
     \def\fmtcount@fmtord{#1}%
   }%
   {%
     \PackageError{fmtcount}%
     {Invalid value `#1' to fmtord key}%
-    {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `level', `raise'
-     or `user'}%
+    {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `level' or `raise'}%
   }%
 }
 \newif\iffmtord@abbrv
-\fmtord@abbrvfalse
+\fmtord@abbrvtrue
 \define@key{fmtcount}{abbrv}[true]{%
   \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}\or\equal{#1}{false}}%
   {%
@@ -175,7 +223,7 @@ italian}
   {%
     \PackageError{fmtcount}%
     {Invalid value `#1' to fmtord key}%
-    {Option `fmtord' can only take the values `true' or
+    {Option `abbrv' can only take the values `true' or
      `false'}%
   }%
 }
@@ -183,59 +231,38 @@ italian}
   \RequirePackage{fmtprefix}%
   \fmtprefixsetoption{#1}%
 }
-\newcommand*{\fmtcountsetoptions}[1]{%
+\def\fmtcountsetoptions{%
   \def\fmtcount@fmtord{}%
-  \setkeys{fmtcount}{#1}%
-  \@FC@iflangloaded{french}{\ifcsundef{@ordinalstringMfrench}%
-  {%
-    \edef\@ordinalstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @ordinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@ordinalstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @ordinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@OrdinalstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @OrdinalstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@OrdinalstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @OrdinalstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@numberstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @numberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@numberstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @numberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@NumberstringMfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @NumberstringMfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-    \edef\@NumberstringFfrench{\noexpand
-      \csname @NumberstringFfrench\fmtcount@french\noexpand\endcsname}%
-  }{}}{}%
-  \ifthenelse{\equal{\fmtcount@fmtord}{level}}%
-  {%
-    \renewcommand{\fmtord}[1]{##1}%
-  }%
-  {%
-    \ifthenelse{\equal{\fmtcount@fmtord}{raise}}%
-    {%
-      \renewcommand{\fmtord}[1]{\textsuperscript{##1}}%
-    }%
-    {%
-    }%
-  }
-}
+  \setkeys{fmtcount}}%
 \InputIfFileExists{fmtcount.cfg}%
 {%
   \PackageInfo{fmtcount}{Using configuration file fmtcount.cfg}%
 }%
 {%
 }
+\newcommand*{\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list}{}
 \newcommand*\@fc@declare@language@option[1]{%
   \DeclareOption{#1}{%
-    \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}{}{%
-      \fmtcount@language@optiontrue
-      \FCloadlang{#1}%
-     }}}%
+    \ifx\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list\@empty
+       \def\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list{#1}%
+    \else
+       \edef\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list{\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list,#1}%
+    \fi
+  }}%
 \fc@iterate@on@languages\@fc@declare@language@option
 \DeclareOption{level}{\def\fmtcount@fmtord{level}%
-  \def\fmtord#1{#1}}
+  \def\fc@orddef@ult#1{#1}}
 \DeclareOption{raise}{\def\fmtcount@fmtord{raise}%
-  \def\fmtord#1{\textsuperscript{#1}}}
+  \def\fc@orddef@ult#1{\fc@textsuperscript{#1}}}
 \ProcessOptions\relax
+\ifx\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list\@empty\else
+\def\fc@iterate@on@languages@body#1{%
+    \@FC@iflangloaded{#1}{}{%
+      \fmtcount@language@optiontrue
+      \FCloadlang{#1}%
+     }}
+\expandafter\@fc@iterate@on@languages\fmtcount@loaded@by@option@lang@list,\@nil,%
+\fi
 \newcount\@DT@modctr
 \newcommand*{\@FCmodulo}[2]{%
   \@DT@modctr=#1\relax
@@ -712,7 +739,7 @@ italian}
       \protect\@ordinalstringM{#2}{\@fc@ordstr}%
     }%
   }%
-  \expandafter\edef\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname{%
+  \expandafter\protected@edef\csname @fcs@#1\endcsname{%
     \noexpand\MakeUppercase{\@fc@ordstr}%
   }%
 }
@@ -1004,6 +1031,7 @@ italian}
   \def\@ordinalM{\@ordinalMenglish}%
   \let\@ordinalF=\@ordinalM
   \let\@ordinalN=\@ordinalM
+  \let\fmtord\fc@orddef@ult
 }
 \newcommand*{\fc@multiling}[2]{%
   \ifcsundef{@#1#2\languagename}%
@@ -1085,6 +1113,7 @@ italian}
   \def\@OrdinalstringN{%
     \fc@multiling{Ordinalstring}{N}%
   }%
+  \let\fmtord\fc@ord@multiling
 }
 \expandafter\@ifpackageloaded
 \expandafter{\ifxetex polyglossia\else babel\fi}%
@@ -1125,6 +1154,9 @@ italian}
     \fi
   }%
 }
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+   \ifcsundef{FBsupR}{\let\fc@textsuperscript\textsuperscript}{\let\fc@textsuperscript\fup}%
+}
 \let\@ordinal=\@ordinalM
 \let\@ordinalstring=\@ordinalstringM
 \let\@Ordinalstring=\@OrdinalstringM